Merge tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi
Pull SCSI fixes from James Bottomley:
"Five small fixes. Four in drivers:
- hisi_sas: fix internal queue timeout
- be2iscsi: revert a prior fix causing problems
- bnx2i: add missing dependency
- storvsc: late arriving revert of a problem fix
and one in the core.
The core one is a minor change to stop paying attention to the busy
count when returning out of resources because there's a race window
where the queue might not restart due to missing returning I/O"
* tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi:
Revert "scsi: storvsc: Validate length of incoming packet in storvsc_on_channel_callback()"
scsi: hisi_sas: Select a suitable queue for internal I/Os
scsi: core: Fix race between handling STS_RESOURCE and completion
scsi: be2iscsi: Revert "Fix a theoretical leak in beiscsi_create_eqs()"
scsi: bnx2i: Requires MMU
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
index 1e14566..225546c 100644
--- a/.mailmap
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -82,7 +82,10 @@
Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@imgtec.com>
Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@mips.com>
<dev.kurt@vandijck-laurijssen.be> <kurt.van.dijck@eia.be>
-Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
+Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
+Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com> <[dbaryshkov@gmail.com]>
+Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com> <dmitry_baryshkov@mentor.com>
+Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com> <dmitry_eremin@mentor.com>
Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <dima@arista.com>
Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <d.safonov@partner.samsung.com>
Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <dsafonov@virtuozzo.com>
@@ -287,6 +290,7 @@
Sarangdhar Joshi <spjoshi@codeaurora.org>
Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr>
+Sean Christopherson <seanjc@google.com> <sean.j.christopherson@intel.com>
Sean Nyekjaer <sean@geanix.com> <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> <sre@debian.org>
@@ -318,6 +322,8 @@
Tsuneo Yoshioka <Tsuneo.Yoshioka@f-secure.com>
Tycho Andersen <tycho@tycho.pizza> <tycho@tycho.ws>
Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
+Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@strlen.de>
Uwe Kleine-König <ukl@pengutronix.de>
Uwe Kleine-König <Uwe.Kleine-Koenig@digi.com>
Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index cb02b99..e88d1a7 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
E: andersen@codepoet.org
W: https://www.codepoet.org/
P: 1024D/30D39057 1BC4 2742 E885 E4DE 9301 0C82 5F9B 643E 30D3 9057
-D: Maintainer of ide-cd and Uniform CD-ROM driver,
+D: Maintainer of ide-cd and Uniform CD-ROM driver,
D: ATAPI CD-Changer support, Major 2.1.x CD-ROM update.
S: 352 North 525 East
S: Springville, Utah 84663
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
E: pbd@op.net
D: Driver for WaveFront soundcards (Turtle Beach Maui, Tropez, Tropez+)
D: Various bugfixes and changes to sound drivers
-S: USA
+S: USA
N: Carlos Henrique Bauer
E: chbauer@acm.org
@@ -740,6 +740,11 @@
S: Portland, Oregon
S: USA
+N: Jason Cooper
+D: ARM/Marvell SOC co-maintainer
+D: irqchip co-maintainer
+D: MVEBU PCI DRIVER co-maintainer
+
N: Robin Cornelius
E: robincornelius@users.sourceforge.net
D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
@@ -849,6 +854,12 @@
D: AX25-HOWTO, HAM-HOWTO, IPX-HOWTO, NET-2-HOWTO
D: ax25-utils maintainer.
+N: Kamil Debski
+E: kamil@wypas.org
+D: Samsung S5P 2D graphics acceleration and Multi Format Codec drivers
+D: Samsung USB2 phy drivers
+D: PWM fan driver
+
N: Helge Deller
E: deller@gmx.de
W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/
@@ -1199,7 +1210,7 @@
E: dfrasnel@alphalinux.org
W: http://www.alphalinux.org/
P: 1024/3EF87611 B9 F1 44 50 D3 E8 C2 80 DA E5 55 AA 56 7C 42 DA
-D: DEC Alpha hacker
+D: DEC Alpha hacker
D: Miscellaneous bug squisher
N: Jim Freeman
@@ -1299,7 +1310,7 @@
S: New South Wales, 2121
S: Australia
-N: Carlos E. Gorges
+N: Carlos E. Gorges
E: carlos@techlinux.com.br
D: fix smp support on cmpci driver
P: 2048G/EA3C4B19 FF31 33A6 0362 4915 B7EB E541 17D0 0379 EA3C 4B19
@@ -1340,7 +1351,7 @@
E: wgreathouse@myfavoritei.com
D: Current Belkin USB Serial Adapter F5U103 hacker
D: Kernel hacker, embedded systems
-S: 7802 Fitzwater Road
+S: 7802 Fitzwater Road
S: Brecksville, OH 44141-1334
S: USA
@@ -1381,7 +1392,7 @@
E: grant@torque.net
W: http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html
D: original author of ppa driver for parallel port ZIP drive
-D: original architect of the parallel-port sharing scheme
+D: original architect of the parallel-port sharing scheme
D: PARIDE subsystem: drivers for parallel port IDE & ATAPI devices
S: 44 St. Joseph Street, Suite 506
S: Toronto, Ontario, M4Y 2W4
@@ -1523,7 +1534,7 @@
E: benh@kernel.crashing.org
D: Various parts of PPC/PPC64 & PowerMac
S: 312/107 Canberra Avenue
-S: Griffith, ACT 2603
+S: Griffith, ACT 2603
S: Australia
N: Andreas Herrmann
@@ -1825,7 +1836,7 @@
N: Bernhard Kaindl
E: bkaindl@netway.at
E: edv@bartelt.via.at
-D: Author of a menu based configuration tool, kmenu, which
+D: Author of a menu based configuration tool, kmenu, which
D: is the predecessor of 'make menuconfig' and 'make xconfig'.
D: digiboard driver update(modularisation work and 2.1.x upd)
S: Tallak 95
@@ -1910,6 +1921,15 @@
S: Santa Clara, CA 95051
S: USA
+N: Kukjin Kim
+E: kgene@kernel.org
+D: Samsung S3C, S5P and Exynos ARM architectures
+
+N: Sangbeom Kim
+E: sbkim73@samsung.com
+D: Samsung SoC Audio (ASoC) drivers
+D: Samsung PMIC (RTC, regulators, MFD) drivers
+
N: Russell King
E: rmk@arm.linux.org.uk
D: Linux/arm integrator, maintainer & hacker
@@ -2007,7 +2027,7 @@
D: IP transparent proxy support
S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
S: Kruislaan 419
-S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
S: The Netherlands
N: Goran Koruga
@@ -2079,7 +2099,7 @@
N: Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz
E: ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl
-D: Some 8-bit XT disk driver and devfs hacking
+D: Some 8-bit XT disk driver and devfs hacking
D: Aladdin 1533/1543(C) chipset IDE
D: PIIX chipset IDE
S: ul. Matemblewska 1B/10
@@ -2454,7 +2474,7 @@
D: Logical Volume Manager
S: Bartningstr. 12
S: 64289 Darmstadt
-S: Germany
+S: Germany
N: Mark W. McClelland
E: mmcclell@bigfoot.com
@@ -2538,7 +2558,7 @@
P: 1024/04B6E8F5 6C 77 33 CA CC D6 22 03 AB AB 15 A3 AE AD 39 7D
D: Kernel hacker. PostgreSQL hacker. Software watchdog daemon.
D: Maintainer of several Debian packages
-S: Th.-Heuss-Str. 61
+S: Th.-Heuss-Str. 61
S: D-41812 Erkelenz
S: Germany
@@ -2776,7 +2796,7 @@
W: http://www.i-Connect.Net/~mike/
D: Developer and maintainer of the EATA-DMA SCSI driver
D: Co-developer EATA-PIO SCSI driver
-D: /proc/scsi and assorted other snippets
+D: /proc/scsi and assorted other snippets
S: Zum Schiersteiner Grund 2
S: 55127 Mainz
S: Germany
@@ -2843,6 +2863,10 @@
N: Venkatesh Pallipadi (Venki)
D: x86/HPET
+N: Kyungmin Park
+E: kyungmin.park@samsung.com
+D: Samsung S5Pv210 and Exynos4210 mobile platforms
+
N: David Parsons
E: orc@pell.chi.il.us
D: improved memory detection code.
@@ -3010,7 +3034,7 @@
S: Chandler, Arizona 85249
S: USA
-N: Frederic Potter
+N: Frederic Potter
E: fpotter@cirpack.com
D: Some PCI kernel support
@@ -3443,21 +3467,21 @@
S: 76131 Karlsruhe
S: Germany
-N: James Simmons
+N: James Simmons
E: jsimmons@infradead.org
-E: jsimmons@users.sf.net
+E: jsimmons@users.sf.net
D: Frame buffer device maintainer
D: input layer development
D: tty/console layer
-D: various mipsel devices
-S: 115 Carmel Avenue
+D: various mipsel devices
+S: 115 Carmel Avenue
S: El Cerrito CA 94530
-S: USA
+S: USA
N: Jaspreet Singh
E: jaspreet@sangoma.com
W: www.sangoma.com
-D: WANPIPE drivers & API Support for Sangoma S508/FT1 cards
+D: WANPIPE drivers & API Support for Sangoma S508/FT1 cards
S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.,
S: 1001 Denison Street
S: Suite 101
@@ -3481,7 +3505,7 @@
E: csmall@triode.apana.org.au
E: vk2xlz@gonzo.vk2xlz.ampr.org (packet radio)
D: Gracilis PackeTwin device driver
-D: RSPF daemon
+D: RSPF daemon
S: 10 Stockalls Place
S: Minto, NSW, 2566
S: Australia
@@ -3691,7 +3715,7 @@
E: tsusheng@scf.usc.edu
D: IGMP(Internet Group Management Protocol) version 2
S: 2F 14 ALY 31 LN 166 SEC 1 SHIH-PEI RD
-S: Taipei
+S: Taipei
S: Taiwan 112
S: Republic of China
S: 24335 Delta Drive
@@ -3852,7 +3876,7 @@
D: patches for ghostscript, worked on color 'ls', etc.
S: 301 15th Street S.
S: Moorhead, Minnesota 56560
-S: USA
+S: USA
N: Jos Vos
E: jos@xos.nl
@@ -3860,7 +3884,7 @@
D: Various IP firewall updates, ipfwadm
S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
S: Kruislaan 419
-S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
S: The Netherlands
N: Jeroen Vreeken
@@ -4098,7 +4122,7 @@
N: Victor Yodaiken
E: yodaiken@fsmlabs.com
D: RTLinux (RealTime Linux)
-S: POB 1822
+S: POB 1822
S: Socorro NM, 87801
S: USA
@@ -4196,7 +4220,7 @@
S: France
# Don't add your name here, unless you really _are_ after Marc
-# alphabetically. Leonard used to be very proud of being the
+# alphabetically. Leonard used to be very proud of being the
# last entry, and he'll get positively pissed if he can't even
# be second-to-last. (and this file really _is_ supposed to be
# in alphabetic order)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README
index 3121029..8bac9cb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/README
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/README
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
layout of the files below for details on how to do this.)
obsolete/
- This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
+ This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in
time. The description of the interface will document the reason
why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
@@ -58,6 +58,14 @@
be changed further.
+Note:
+ The fields should be use a simple notation, compatible with ReST markup.
+ Also, the file **should not** have a top-level index, like::
+
+ ===
+ foo
+ ===
+
How things move between levels:
Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
index 2cb9fc5..0faf135 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
@@ -8,11 +8,11 @@
system. Device DAX is strict, precise and predictable.
Specifically this interface:
- 1/ Guarantees fault granularity with respect to a given
- page size (pte, pmd, or pud) set at configuration time.
+ 1. Guarantees fault granularity with respect to a given
+ page size (pte, pmd, or pud) set at configuration time.
- 2/ Enforces deterministic behavior by being strict about
- what fault scenarios are supported.
+ 2. Enforces deterministic behavior by being strict about
+ what fault scenarios are supported.
The /sys/class/dax/ interface enumerates all the
device-dax instances in the system. The ABI is
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
index 5d41eba..66545c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -7,10 +7,13 @@
setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
processed to receive the real dpi value:
+ ===== ====
VALUE DPI
+ ===== ====
1 400
2 800
4 1600
+ ===== ====
This file is readonly.
Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio
index e0d4e5e..b8b0fd3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@
GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in
the range 0..INT_MAX. See Documentation/admin-guide/gpio for more information.
+ ::
+
/sys/class/gpio
/export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace
/unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
index 0020c49..24fb35a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
+
The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
kernel tree.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
index ec333e6..9ec7ec4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level
of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much
of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality.
+
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
firewire-core.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
index 9c08c7f..f25174e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -10,4 +10,4 @@
claim just control over a single rfkill instance.
This file was scheduled to be removed in 2012, and was removed
in 2016.
-Values: 0: Kernel handles events
+Values: 0: Kernel handles events
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
index c39c25a..1905d35 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had
to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide
asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration.
+
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
firewire-core.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
index f72ed65..261f85b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
@@ -14,13 +14,17 @@
Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can
be remote or local nodes. Operations on a /dev/fw* file have
different scope:
+
- The 1394 node which is associated with the file:
+
- Asynchronous request transmission
- Get the Configuration ROM
- Query node ID
- Query maximum speed of the path between this node
and local node
+
- The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to:
+
- Isochronous stream transmission and reception
- Asynchronous stream transmission and reception
- Asynchronous broadcast request transmission
@@ -31,7 +35,9 @@
manager
- Query cycle time
- Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception
+
- All 1394 buses:
+
- Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local
link layers, reception of inbound requests to such
an address range, asynchronous response transmission
@@ -43,6 +49,7 @@
userland implement different access permission models, some
operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated
with a local node:
+
- Addition of descriptors or directories to the local
nodes' Configuration ROM
- PHY packet transmission and reception
@@ -55,50 +62,50 @@
The following file operations are supported:
open(2)
- Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+ Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
ioctl(2)
- Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others
- are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
- See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
- descriptions of all ioctls.
+ Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others
+ are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
+ See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
+ descriptions of all ioctls.
poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc.
- Watch for events to become available to be read.
+ Watch for events to become available to be read.
read(2)
- Receive various events. There are solicited events like
- outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
- buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
- request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read
- buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
- could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
- of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
- events.
+ Receive various events. There are solicited events like
+ outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
+ buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
+ request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read
+ buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
+ could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
+ of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
+ events.
mmap(2)
- Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
- and map it into the process address space. The arguments should
- be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
- size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
- prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
- for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
- /dev/fw*, offset = 0.
+ Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
+ and map it into the process address space. The arguments should
+ be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
+ size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
+ prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
+ for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
+ /dev/fw*, offset = 0.
Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except
for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode.
munmap(2)
- Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
+ Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
close(2)
- Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
- with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
- nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and
- bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
- re- and deallocation.
+ Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
+ with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
+ nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and
+ bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
+ re- and deallocation.
-Users: libraw1394
- libdc1394
- libhinawa
+Users: libraw1394;
+ libdc1394;
+ libhinawa;
tools like linux-firewire-utils, fwhack, ...
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
index 964c7a8..2d6314f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
@@ -1,22 +1,26 @@
-What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
Date: 03-Nov-2011
KernelVersion: v3.2
Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
-Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
+Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
power management (and performance) requirement expectations
as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as
retrieved from the FADT ACPI table.
-Values: For possible values see ACPI specification:
+
+Values: For possible values see ACPI specification:
5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT)
Field: Preferred_PM_Profile
Currently these values are defined by spec:
- 0 Unspecified
- 1 Desktop
- 2 Mobile
- 3 Workstation
- 4 Enterprise Server
- 5 SOHO Server
- 6 Appliance PC
- 7 Performance Server
+
+ == =================
+ 0 Unspecified
+ 1 Desktop
+ 2 Mobile
+ 3 Workstation
+ 4 Enterprise Server
+ 5 SOHO Server
+ 6 Appliance PC
+ 7 Performance Server
>7 Reserved
+ == =================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
index 41e5a0c..9ac9edd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
IEEE 1394 node device attribute.
Read-only and immutable.
Values: 1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card).
+
0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node.
@@ -125,7 +126,9 @@
Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime.
Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007:
Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of
+
u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN
+
without 0x prefixes, without whitespace. The former sbp2 driver
(removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used
a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
index 9ffba85..c399323 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
@@ -9,13 +9,14 @@
Note: This file is only present if CONFIG_NVMEM_SYSFS
is enabled
- ex:
- hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem
+ ex::
- 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
- *
- 00000a0 db10 2240 0000 e000 0c00 0c00 0000 0c00
- 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
- ...
- *
- 0001000
+ hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem
+
+ 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
+ *
+ 00000a0 db10 2240 0000 e000 0c00 0c00 0000 0c00
+ 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
+ ...
+ *
+ 0001000
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
index b832eef..cad4bc2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -50,8 +50,10 @@
Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to
compute the percentage of time that a device has been active.
- For example,
- echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
+ For example::
+
+ echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
+
will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not
account for counter wrap.
Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
index 8e8d167..c27b7b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -63,13 +63,6 @@
Description: VCPU (sub)channel is affinitized to
Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and other debugging tools
-What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/cpu
-Date: September. 2017
-KernelVersion: 4.14
-Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
-Description: VCPU (sub)channel is affinitized to
-Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and other debugging tools
-
What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/in_mask
Date: September. 2017
KernelVersion: 4.14
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
index 992dfb1..5cd5e87 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
control systems are attached/generate presence for as short as
100 ms - hence the tens-to-hundreds milliseconds scan intervals
are required.
+
see Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst for detailed information.
Users: any user space application which wants to know bus scanning
interval
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
index 70302f3..023fb52 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Description:
Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+
- FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on.
- FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
Users: HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
index 87b11f9..348c4ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
@@ -8,12 +8,14 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===========================================
node_type: (RO) Node type (CA, RNIC, usNIC, usNIC UDP,
switch or router)
node_guid: (RO) Node GUID
sys_image_guid: (RO) System image GUID
+ =============== ===========================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/node_desc
@@ -47,6 +49,7 @@
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===============================================
lid: (RO) Port LID
rate: (RO) Port data rate (active width * active
@@ -66,8 +69,9 @@
cap_mask: (RO) Port capability mask. 2 bits here are
settable- IsCommunicationManagementSupported
- (set when CM module is loaded) and IsSM (set via
- open of issmN file).
+ (set when CM module is loaded) and IsSM (set
+ via open of issmN file).
+ =============== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/link_layer
@@ -103,8 +107,7 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
- Errors info:
- -----------
+ **Errors info**:
symbol_error: (RO) Total number of minor link errors detected on
one or more physical lanes.
@@ -142,8 +145,7 @@
intervention. It can also indicate hardware issues or extremely
poor link signal integrity
- Data info:
- ---------
+ **Data info**:
port_xmit_data: (RO) Total number of data octets, divided by 4
(lanes), transmitted on all VLs. This is 64 bit counter
@@ -176,8 +178,7 @@
transmitted on all VLs from the port. This may include multicast
packets with errors.
- Misc info:
- ---------
+ **Misc info**:
port_xmit_discards: (RO) Total number of outbound packets
discarded by the port because the port is down or congested.
@@ -244,9 +245,11 @@
two umad devices and two issm devices, while a switch will have
one device of each type (for switch port 0).
+ ======= =====================================
ibdev: (RO) Show Infiniband (IB) device name
port: (RO) Display port number
+ ======= =====================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/abi_version
@@ -264,10 +267,12 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.14
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===========================================
ibdev: (RO) Display Infiniband (IB) device name
abi_version: (RO) Show ABI version of IB device specific
interfaces.
+ =============== ===========================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/abi_version
@@ -289,12 +294,14 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ================================================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Host Channel Adapter type: MT23108, MT25208
(MT23108 compat mode), MT25208 or MT25204
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board ID
+ =============== ================================================
sysfs interface for Mellanox ConnectX HCA IB driver (mlx4)
@@ -307,11 +314,13 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.24
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===============================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board ID
+ =============== ===============================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<port-num>/gids/<n>
@@ -337,6 +346,7 @@
example, ports/1/pkeys/10 contains the value at index 10 in port
1's P_Key table.
+ ======================= ==========================================
gids/<n>: (RO) The physical port gids n = 0..127
admin_guids/<n>: (RW) Allows examining or changing the
@@ -365,6 +375,7 @@
guest, whenever it uses its pkey index
1, will actually be using the real pkey
index 10.
+ ======================= ==========================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/<pci-slot-num>/ports/<m>/smi_enabled
@@ -376,12 +387,14 @@
Enabling QP0 on VFs for selected VF/port. By default, no VFs are
enabled for QP0 operation.
- smi_enabled: (RO) Indicates whether smi is currently enabled
- for the indicated VF/port
+ ================= ==== ===========================================
+ smi_enabled: (RO) Indicates whether smi is currently enabled
+ for the indicated VF/port
- enable_smi_admin:(RW) Used by the admin to request that smi
- capability be enabled or disabled for the
- indicated VF/port. 0 = disable, 1 = enable.
+ enable_smi_admin: (RW) Used by the admin to request that smi
+ capability be enabled or disabled for the
+ indicated VF/port. 0 = disable, 1 = enable.
+ ================= ==== ===========================================
The requested enablement will occur at the next reset of the VF
(e.g. driver restart on the VM which owns the VF).
@@ -398,6 +411,7 @@
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== =============================================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Driver short name. Should normally match
@@ -406,6 +420,7 @@
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id. (Vendor + device
information)
+ =============== =============================================
sysfs interface for Intel IB driver qib
@@ -426,6 +441,7 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ======================================================
version: (RO) Display version information of installed software
and drivers.
@@ -452,6 +468,7 @@
chip_reset: (WO) Reset the chip if possible by writing
"reset" to this file. Only allowed if no user
contexts are open that use chip resources.
+ =============== ======================================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/sl2vl/[0-15]
@@ -471,14 +488,16 @@
Description:
Per-port congestion control. Both are binary attributes.
- cc_table_bin: (RO) Congestion control table size followed by
+ =============== ================================================
+ cc_table_bin (RO) Congestion control table size followed by
table entries.
- cc_settings_bin:(RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
+ cc_settings_bin (RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
map and an array of 16 entries for the
congestion entries - increase, timer, event log
trigger threshold and the minimum injection rate
delay.
+ =============== ================================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/loopback
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/led_override
@@ -491,6 +510,7 @@
Description:
[to be documented]
+ =============== ===============================================
loopback: (WO)
led_override: (WO)
hrtbt_enable: (RW)
@@ -501,6 +521,7 @@
errors. Possible states are- "Initted",
"Present", "IB_link_up", "IB_configured" or
"Fatal_Hardware_Error".
+ =============== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rc_resends
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/seq_naks
@@ -549,6 +570,7 @@
linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===============================================
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
config: (RO) Report the configuration for this PF
@@ -561,6 +583,7 @@
iface: (RO) Shows which network interface this usNIC
entry is associated to (visible with ifconfig).
+ =============== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qpn/summary
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qpn/context
@@ -605,6 +628,7 @@
KernelVersion: v4.6
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== =============================================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
@@ -623,6 +647,7 @@
available.
tempsense: (RO) Thermal sense information
+ =============== =============================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_settings_bin
@@ -634,19 +659,21 @@
Description:
Per-port congestion control.
- cc_table_bin: (RO) CCA tables used by PSM2 Congestion control
+ =============== ================================================
+ cc_table_bin (RO) CCA tables used by PSM2 Congestion control
table size followed by table entries. Binary
attribute.
- cc_settings_bin:(RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
+ cc_settings_bin (RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
map and an array of 16 entries for the
congestion entries - increase, timer, event log
trigger threshold and the minimum injection rate
delay. Binary attribute.
- cc_prescan: (RW) enable prescanning for faster BECN
+ cc_prescan (RW) enable prescanning for faster BECN
response. Write "on" to enable and "off" to
disable.
+ =============== ================================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/sc2vl/[0-31]
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/sl2sc/[0-31]
@@ -655,11 +682,13 @@
KernelVersion: v4.6
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===================================================
sc2vl/: (RO) 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->vl
sl2sc/: (RO) 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->sc
vl2mtu/: (RO) 16 files (0 - 15) used to determine MTU for vl
+ =============== ===================================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/sdma_N/cpu_list
@@ -670,26 +699,28 @@
Description:
sdma<N>/ contains one directory per sdma engine (0 - 15)
+ =============== ==============================================
cpu_list: (RW) List of cpus for user-process to sdma
engine assignment.
vl: (RO) Displays the virtual lane (vl) the sdma
engine maps to.
+ =============== ==============================================
This interface gives the user control on the affinity settings
for the device. As an example, to set an sdma engine irq
affinity and thread affinity of a user processes to use the
sdma engine, which is "near" in terms of NUMA configuration, or
- physical cpu location, the user will do:
+ physical cpu location, the user will do::
- echo "3" > /proc/irq/<N>/smp_affinity_list
- echo "4-7" > /sys/devices/.../sdma3/cpu_list
- cat /sys/devices/.../sdma3/vl
- 0
- echo "8" > /proc/irq/<M>/smp_affinity_list
- echo "9-12" > /sys/devices/.../sdma4/cpu_list
- cat /sys/devices/.../sdma4/vl
- 1
+ echo "3" > /proc/irq/<N>/smp_affinity_list
+ echo "4-7" > /sys/devices/.../sdma3/cpu_list
+ cat /sys/devices/.../sdma3/vl
+ 0
+ echo "8" > /proc/irq/<M>/smp_affinity_list
+ echo "9-12" > /sys/devices/.../sdma4/cpu_list
+ cat /sys/devices/.../sdma4/vl
+ 1
to make sure that when a process runs on cpus 4,5,6, or 7, and
uses vl=0, then sdma engine 3 is selected by the driver, and
@@ -711,11 +742,13 @@
KernelVersion: v4.10
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ==== ========================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Show HCA type (I40IW)
board_id: (RO) I40IW board ID
+ =============== ==== ========================
sysfs interface for QLogic qedr NIC Driver
@@ -728,9 +761,11 @@
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ==== ========================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Display HCA type
+ =============== ==== ========================
sysfs interface for VMware Paravirtual RDMA driver
@@ -744,11 +779,13 @@
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ==== =====================================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
board_id: (RO) Display PVRDMA manufacturing board ID
+ =============== ==== =====================================
sysfs interface for Broadcom NetXtreme-E RoCE driver
@@ -760,6 +797,8 @@
KernelVersion: v4.11
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ==== =========================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
+ =============== ==== =========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
index 5b154f9..037979f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst.
-For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in
+For the deprecated ``/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim`` knobs of this interface look in
Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill.
What: /sys/class/rfkill
@@ -36,9 +36,10 @@
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile
storage at startup.
-Values: A numeric value.
- 0: false
- 1: true
+Values: A numeric value:
+
+ - 0: false
+ - 1: true
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state
@@ -54,6 +55,7 @@
through this interface. There will likely be another attempt to
remove it in the future.
Values: A numeric value.
+
0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
transmitter is turned off by software
1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED
@@ -69,6 +71,7 @@
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only.
Values: A numeric value.
+
0: inactive
The transmitter is (potentially) active.
1: active
@@ -82,7 +85,9 @@
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write.
Values: A numeric value.
+
0: inactive
The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+
1: active
The transmitter is turned off by software.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
index 58e94e7..91ca63e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
Contact: linux-integrity@vger.kernel.org
Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
- TCG version: 1.2
- Firmware version: 8.16
+ Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
+ TCG version: 1.2
+ Firmware version: 8.16
Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info
space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a
result.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
+ 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in
usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed
@@ -92,14 +92,14 @@
values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid
for a snapshot in time.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- ...
+ PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ ...
The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR
value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and
@@ -119,44 +119,44 @@
ated at TPM manufacture time and exists for the life of the
chip.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
- Encscheme: 00 03
- Sigscheme: 00 01
- Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
- Modulus length: 256
- Modulus:
- B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
- 3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
- 1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
- 86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
- D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
- 82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
- 0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
- 1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
- 6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
- A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
- 47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
- 10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
- E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
- F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
- F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
- C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
+ Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
+ Encscheme: 00 03
+ Sigscheme: 00 01
+ Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
+ Modulus length: 256
+ Modulus:
+ B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
+ 3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
+ 1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
+ 86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
+ D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
+ 82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
+ 0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
+ 1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
+ 6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
+ A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
+ 47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
+ 10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
+ E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
+ F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
+ F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
+ C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
- Possible values:
+ Possible values::
- Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1)
- Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2)
+ Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1)
+ Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2)
TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3)
- Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1)
- Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
+ Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1)
+ Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048)
Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2)
Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the
default exp)
- Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
- Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
+ Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
+ Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated
Date: April 2006
@@ -176,9 +176,9 @@
timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip
conforms to.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
+ 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing
"[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values
@@ -191,6 +191,6 @@
Description: The "tpm_version_major" property shows the TCG spec major version
implemented by the TPM device.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- 2
+ 2
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
index 4404bd9..42bf1ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
-# Note: This documents additional properties of any device beyond what
-# is documented in Documentation/admin-guide/sysfs-rules.rst
+Note:
+ This documents additional properties of any device beyond what
+ is documented in Documentation/admin-guide/sysfs-rules.rst
What: /sys/devices/*/of_node
Date: February 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma
index 420c1d0..3a4e2cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma
@@ -1,29 +1,29 @@
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/cap
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/cap
Date: December 3, 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: Capabilities the DMA supports.Currently there are DMA_PQ, DMA_PQ_VAL,
DMA_XOR,DMA_XOR_VAL,DMA_INTERRUPT.
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_active
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_active
Date: December 3, 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The number of descriptors active in the ring.
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_size
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_size
Date: December 3, 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: Descriptor ring size, total number of descriptors available.
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/version
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/version
Date: December 3, 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: Version of ioatdma device.
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/intr_coalesce
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/intr_coalesce
Date: August 8, 2017
KernelVersion: 4.14
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp
index 00fa04c..f5724bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp
@@ -12,13 +12,15 @@
resets. Three registers are used by the FSBL and
other Xilinx software products: GLOBAL_GEN_STORAGE{4:6}.
- Usage:
- # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
- # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+ Usage::
- Example:
- # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
- # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+ # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+
+ Example::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+ # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
Users: Xilinx
@@ -39,13 +41,15 @@
software products: PERS_GLOB_GEN_STORAGE{4:7}.
Register is reset only by a POR reset.
- Usage:
- # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
- # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+ Usage::
- Example:
- # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
- # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+ # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+
+ Example::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+ # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
Users: Xilinx
@@ -61,23 +65,28 @@
Following are available shutdown scopes(subtypes):
- subsystem: Only the APU along with all of its peripherals
+ subsystem:
+ Only the APU along with all of its peripherals
not used by other processing units will be
shut down. This may result in the FPD power
domain being shut down provided that no other
processing unit uses FPD peripherals or DRAM.
- ps_only: The complete PS will be shut down, including the
+ ps_only:
+ The complete PS will be shut down, including the
RPU, PMU, etc. Only the PL domain (FPGA)
remains untouched.
- system: The complete system/device is shut down.
+ system:
+ The complete system/device is shut down.
- Usage:
- # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
- # echo <scope> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+ Usage::
- Example:
- # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
- # echo "subsystem" > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+ # echo <scope> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+
+ Example::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+ # echo "subsystem" > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
Users: Xilinx
@@ -94,10 +103,13 @@
system restart.
Usage:
- Set healthy bit
- # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status
- Unset healthy bit
- # echo 0 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status
+ Set healthy bit::
+
+ # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status
+
+ Unset healthy bit::
+
+ # echo 0 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status
Users: Xilinx
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
index 84972a5..bada15a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing
a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs
attribute. The supported parameters are:
+
* id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port
identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup
index c6a32c4..792f58b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup
@@ -69,6 +69,7 @@
speakup if for example
the say screen command is used before the
entire screen is read.
+
With no_interrupt set to one, if the say
screen command is used, and one then types on the keyboard,
speakup will continue to say the whole screen regardless until
@@ -215,8 +216,10 @@
Again, these are part of the help system. For instance, if you
had pressed speakup + keypad 3, you would hear:
"speakup keypad 3 is go to bottom edge."
+
The speakup key is depressed, so the name of the key state is
speakup.
+
This part of the message comes from the states collection.
What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/characters
@@ -297,6 +300,7 @@
Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
Description: Controls if punctuation is spoken by speakup, or by the
synthesizer.
+
For example, speakup speaks ">" as "greater", while
the espeak synthesizer used by the soft driver speaks "greater
than". Zero lets speakup speak the punctuation. One lets the
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
index 5def20b..46ccd23 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>"
and contains the following files:
+ =============== ========================================
attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the
EFI variable flags. Potential values
include:
@@ -59,12 +60,14 @@
size: As ASCII representation of the size of
the variable's value.
+ =============== ========================================
In addition, two other magic binary files are provided
in the top-level directory and are used for adding and
removing variables:
+ =============== ========================================
new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
instructs the EFI firmware to create a
new variable.
@@ -73,3 +76,4 @@
instructs the EFI firmware to remove any
variable that has a matching vendor GUID
and variable key name.
+ =============== ========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump
index 32fe7f5..1f74f45 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
This is only for the powerpc/powernv platform.
+ =============== ===============================================
initiate_dump: When '1' is written to it,
we will initiate a dump.
Read this file for supported commands.
@@ -19,8 +20,11 @@
and ID of the dump, use the id and type files.
Do not rely on any particular size of dump
type or dump id.
+ =============== ===============================================
Each dump has the following files:
+
+ =============== ===============================================
id: An ASCII representation of the dump ID
in hex (e.g. '0x01')
type: An ASCII representation of the type of
@@ -39,3 +43,4 @@
inaccessible.
Reading this file will get a list of
supported actions.
+ =============== ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog
index 2536434..7c8a61a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@
For each log entry (directory), there are the following
files:
+ ============== ================================================
id: An ASCII representation of the ID of the
error log, in hex - e.g. "0x01".
@@ -58,3 +59,4 @@
entry will be removed from sysfs.
Reading this file will list the supported
operations (currently just acknowledge).
+ ============== ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
index 3cf5cdf..748593c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
@@ -33,6 +33,8 @@
Space separated list of supported guest system types. Each type
is in the format: <class>-<major>.<minor>-<arch>
With:
+
+ ======== ============================================
<class>: "xen" -- x86: paravirtualized, arm: standard
"hvm" -- x86 only: fully virtualized
<major>: major guest interface version
@@ -43,6 +45,7 @@
"x86_64": 64 bit x86 guest
"armv7l": 32 bit arm guest
"aarch64": 64 bit arm guest
+ ======== ============================================
What: /sys/hypervisor/properties/changeset
Date: March 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
index 55406ec..951838d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
+What: vDSO
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
+Description:
+
On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it
maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space. This DSO is called
the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives
@@ -23,6 +29,7 @@
ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures,
though.
-(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64.
+Note:
+ As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64.
The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm
- that it is correct for their architecture.)
+ that it is correct for their architecture.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
index 4ab4e99..c09b640c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@
This group contains the configuration for user defined ACPI
tables. The attributes of a user define table are:
- aml - a binary attribute that the user can use to
+ aml
+ - a binary attribute that the user can use to
fill in the ACPI aml definitions. Once the aml
data is written to this file and the file is
closed the table will be loaded and ACPI devices
@@ -26,11 +27,26 @@
The rest of the attributes are read-only and are valid only
after the table has been loaded by filling the aml entry:
- signature - ASCII table signature
- length - length of table in bytes, including the header
- revision - ACPI Specification minor version number
- oem_id - ASCII OEM identification
- oem_table_id - ASCII OEM table identification
- oem_revision - OEM revision number
- asl_compiler_id - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID
- asl_compiler_revision - ASL compiler version
+ signature
+ - ASCII table signature
+
+ length
+ - length of table in bytes, including the header
+
+ revision
+ - ACPI Specification minor version number
+
+ oem_id
+ - ASCII OEM identification
+
+ oem_table_id
+ - ASCII OEM table identification
+
+ oem_revision
+ - OEM revision number
+
+ asl_compiler_id
+ - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID
+
+ asl_compiler_revision
+ - ASL compiler version
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
index ed67a4d..bc6b8bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
@@ -15,22 +15,28 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -39,18 +45,23 @@
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_video/<link>
@@ -59,22 +70,28 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -83,18 +100,23 @@
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_net/<link>
@@ -103,22 +125,28 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -127,18 +155,23 @@
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card>
@@ -147,7 +180,8 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- create_card write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_card
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
registration of the sound card with the ALSA
subsystem.
@@ -157,22 +191,28 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -181,16 +221,21 @@
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
index 840c324..cf877bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
@@ -10,22 +10,24 @@
This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs
- in /config directory use:
- # mount -t configfs none /config/
+ in /config directory use::
- For nth PCIe Device Controller
- /config/pcie-gadget.n/
- link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status.
- int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported
- interrupt
- no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
+ # mount -t configfs none /config/
+
+ For nth PCIe Device Controller /config/pcie-gadget.n/:
+
+ =============== ======================================================
+ link used to enable ltssm and read its status.
+ int_type used to configure and read type of supported interrupt
+ no_of_msi used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
to read no of MSI granted.
- inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
- send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent.
- vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex)
- device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex)
- bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size
- bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
- bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where
- bar0_data will be written or read.
- bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
+ inta write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
+ send_msi write MSI vector to be sent.
+ vendor_id used to write and read vendor id (hex)
+ device_id used to write and read device id (hex)
+ bar0_size used to write and read bar0_size
+ bar0_address used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
+ bar0_rw_offset used to write and read offset of bar0 where bar0_data
+ will be written or read.
+ bar0_data used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
+ =============== ======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
index 4594cc2..dc351e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
@@ -12,22 +12,24 @@
The attributes of a gadget:
- UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
- write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
- to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
+ ================ ============================================
+ UDC bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
+ write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
+ to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
- max_speed - maximum speed the driver supports. Valid
- names are super-speed-plus, super-speed,
- high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed.
+ max_speed maximum speed the driver supports. Valid
+ names are super-speed-plus, super-speed,
+ high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed.
- bDeviceClass - USB device class code
- bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code
- bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code
- bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size
- bcdDevice - bcd device release number
- bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number
- idProduct - product ID
- idVendor - vendor ID
+ bDeviceClass USB device class code
+ bDeviceSubClass USB device subclass code
+ bDeviceProtocol USB device protocol code
+ bMaxPacketSize0 maximum endpoint 0 packet size
+ bcdDevice bcd device release number
+ bcdUSB bcd USB specification version number
+ idProduct product ID
+ idVendor vendor ID
+ ================ ============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -41,8 +43,10 @@
Description:
The attributes of a configuration:
- bmAttributes - configuration characteristics
- MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus
+ ================ ======================================
+ bmAttributes configuration characteristics
+ MaxPower maximum power consumption from the bus
+ ================ ======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -57,7 +61,9 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- configuration - configuration description
+ ================ =========================
+ configuration configuration description
+ ================ =========================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions
@@ -76,8 +82,10 @@
The attributes:
- compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
- sub_compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+ ================= =====================================
+ compatible_id 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
+ sub_compatible_id 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+ ================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property>
Date: May 2014
@@ -89,16 +97,19 @@
The attributes:
- type - value 1..7 for interpreting the data
- 1: unicode string
- 2: unicode string with environment variable
- 3: binary
- 4: little-endian 32-bit
- 5: big-endian 32-bit
- 6: unicode string with a symbolic link
- 7: multiple unicode strings
- data - blob of data to be interpreted depending on
+ ===== ===============================================
+ type value 1..7 for interpreting the data
+
+ - 1: unicode string
+ - 2: unicode string with environment variable
+ - 3: binary
+ - 4: little-endian 32-bit
+ - 5: big-endian 32-bit
+ - 6: unicode string with a symbolic link
+ - 7: multiple unicode strings
+ data blob of data to be interpreted depending on
type
+ ===== ===============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -113,9 +124,11 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string)
- product - gadget's product description
- manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description
+ ============ =================================
+ serialnumber gadget's serial number (string)
+ product gadget's product description
+ manufacturer gadget's manufacturer description
+ ============ =================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc
Date: May 2014
@@ -123,8 +136,10 @@
Description:
This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes.
- use - flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
- b_vendor_code - one-byte value used for custom per-device and
+ ============= ===============================================
+ use flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
+ b_vendor_code one-byte value used for custom per-device and
per-interface requests
- qw_sign - an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
+ qw_sign an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
proper
+ ============= ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
index 0addf77..272bc1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
@@ -4,13 +4,17 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ifname
+ - network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult
+ - queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr
+ - MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr
+ - MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
index a4c5715..178c3d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========== =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
+ ========== =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
index f12e00e..748705c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
@@ -4,8 +4,10 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- protocol - HID protocol to use
- report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
+ ============= ============================================
+ protocol HID protocol to use
+ report_desc blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N>
- report_length - HID report length
- subclass - HID device subclass to use
+ report_length HID report length
+ subclass HID device subclass to use
+ ============= ============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
index 06beefbc..e6c6ba5ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
@@ -4,5 +4,7 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- qlen - depth of loopback queue
- buflen - buffer length
+ ======= =======================
+ qlen depth of loopback queue
+ buflen buffer length
+ ======= =======================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
index 9931fb0..c86b63a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
@@ -4,12 +4,14 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
+ =========== ==============================================
+ stall Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
Disabled on some USB devices known not to work
correctly. You should set it to true.
- num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
+ num_buffers Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
are 2..4. Available only if
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set.
+ =========== ==============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name
Date: Oct 2013
@@ -17,15 +19,17 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- file - The path to the backing file for the LUN.
+ =========== ==============================================
+ file The path to the backing file for the LUN.
Required if LUN is not marked as removable.
- ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
+ ro Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation
is enabled as well as when it was impossible
to open "filename" in R/W mode.
- removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
+ removable Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
being removable.
- cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
+ cdrom Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
being a CD-ROM.
- nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag
+ nofua Flag specifying that FUA flag
in SCSI WRITE(10,12)
+ =========== ==============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
index 6b341df..07389cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter
- id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
- buflen - MIDI buffer length
- qlen - USB read request queue length
- in_ports - number of MIDI input ports
- out_ports - number of MIDI output ports
+ ========== ====================================
+ index index value for the USB MIDI adapter
+ id ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
+ buflen MIDI buffer length
+ qlen USB read request queue length
+ in_ports number of MIDI input ports
+ out_ports number of MIDI output ports
+ ========== ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
index 6b0714e..7aa731b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
- q_len - Number of requests per endpoint
+ ========== ===========================================
+ pnp_string Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
+ q_len Number of requests per endpoint
+ ========== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
index 1373990..9416eda 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
@@ -4,14 +4,16 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========= =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- class - USB interface class, default is 02 (hex)
- subclass - USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex)
- protocol - USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex)
+ class USB interface class, default is 02 (hex)
+ subclass USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex)
+ protocol USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex)
+ ========= =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
index f56335a..1f3d31b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
- isoc_interval - 1..16
- isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
- isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only)
- isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
- buflen - buffer length
- bulk_qlen - depth of queue for bulk
- iso_qlen - depth of queue for iso
+ ============== ==================================
+ pattern 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
+ isoc_interval 1..16
+ isoc_maxpacket 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
+ isoc_mult 0..2 (hs/ss only)
+ isoc_maxburst 0..15 (ss only)
+ buflen buffer length
+ bulk_qlen depth of queue for bulk
+ iso_qlen depth of queue for iso
+ ============== ==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
index 9373e2c5..0061b86 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========== =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
+ ========== =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
index abfe447..dc23fd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- c_chmask - capture channel mask
- c_srate - capture sampling rate
- c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes)
- p_chmask - playback channel mask
- p_srate - playback sampling rate
- p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes)
- req_number - the number of pre-allocated request
- for both capture and playback
+ ========== ===================================
+ c_chmask capture channel mask
+ c_srate capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask playback channel mask
+ p_srate playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize playback sample size (bytes)
+ req_number the number of pre-allocated request
+ for both capture and playback
+ ========== ===================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
index 2bfdd4e..d4356c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- c_chmask - capture channel mask
- c_srate - capture sampling rate
- c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes)
- p_chmask - playback channel mask
- p_srate - playback sampling rate
- p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes)
+ ========= ============================
+ c_chmask capture channel mask
+ c_srate capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask playback channel mask
+ p_srate playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize playback sample size (bytes)
+ ========= ============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
index 809765b..ac5e11a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -3,9 +3,11 @@
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: UVC function directory
- streaming_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
- streaming_maxpacket - 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss)
- streaming_interval - 1..16
+ =================== =============================
+ streaming_maxburst 0..15 (ss only)
+ streaming_maxpacket 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss)
+ streaming_interval 1..16
+ =================== =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -13,8 +15,11 @@
Description: Control descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bInterfaceNumber - USB interface number for this
- streaming interface
+
+ ================ =============================
+ bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this
+ streaming interface
+ ================ =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -47,13 +52,16 @@
Description: Default output terminal descriptors
All attributes read only:
- iTerminal - index of string descriptor
- bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this terminal
+
+ ============== =============================================
+ iTerminal index of string descriptor
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal
is connected
- bAssocTerminal - id of the input terminal to which this output
+ bAssocTerminal id of the input terminal to which this output
terminal is associated
- wTerminalType - terminal type
- bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal
+ wTerminalType terminal type
+ bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal
+ ============== =============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -66,16 +74,19 @@
Description: Default camera terminal descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are
- supported for the video stream
- wOcularFocalLength - the value of Locular
- wObjectiveFocalLengthMax- the value of Lmin
- wObjectiveFocalLengthMin- the value of Lmax
- iTerminal - index of string descriptor
- bAssocTerminal - id of the output terminal to which
- this terminal is connected
- wTerminalType - terminal type
- bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal
+
+ ======================== ====================================
+ bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are
+ supported for the video stream
+ wOcularFocalLength the value of Locular
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMax the value of Lmin
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMin the value of Lmax
+ iTerminal index of string descriptor
+ bAssocTerminal id of the output terminal to which
+ this terminal is connected
+ wTerminalType terminal type
+ bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal
+ ======================== ====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -88,13 +99,16 @@
Description: Default processing unit descriptors
All attributes read only:
- iProcessing - index of string descriptor
- bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are
+
+ =============== ========================================
+ iProcessing index of string descriptor
+ bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are
supported for the video stream
- wMaxMultiplier - maximum digital magnification x100
- bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this unit is
+ wMaxMultiplier maximum digital magnification x100
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this unit is
connected
- bUnitID - a non-zero id of this unit
+ bUnitID a non-zero id of this unit
+ =============== ========================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -114,8 +128,11 @@
Description: Streaming descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bInterfaceNumber - USB interface number for this
- streaming interface
+
+ ================ =============================
+ bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this
+ streaming interface
+ ================ =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -148,13 +165,16 @@
Description: Default color matching descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bMatrixCoefficients - matrix used to compute luma and
- chroma values from the color primaries
- bTransferCharacteristics- optoelectronic transfer
- characteristic of the source picutre,
- also called the gamma function
- bColorPrimaries - color primaries and the reference
- white
+
+ ======================== ======================================
+ bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and
+ chroma values from the color primaries
+ bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer
+ characteristic of the source picutre,
+ also called the gamma function
+ bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference
+ white
+ ======================== ======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -168,47 +188,52 @@
All attributes read only,
except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex:
- bFormatIndex - unique id for this format descriptor;
+
+ =================== =====================================
+ bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor;
only defined after parent header is
linked into the streaming class;
read-only
- bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in
+ bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in
the streaming header
- bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information,
+ bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information,
read-only
- bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bmFlags - characteristics of this format,
+ bmFlags characteristics of this format,
read-only
- bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream
+ bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream
+ =================== =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name
Date: Dec 2014
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors
- bFrameIndex - unique id for this framedescriptor;
- only defined after parent format is
- linked into the streaming header;
- read-only
- dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be
- programmed; a number of values
- separated by newline can be specified
- dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would
- like to use as default
- dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the
- compressor will produce for a video
- frame or still image
- dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest
- frame interval in bps
- dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest
- frame interval in bps
- wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px
- wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px
- bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate
- support
+ ========================= =====================================
+ bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor;
+ only defined after parent format is
+ linked into the streaming header;
+ read-only
+ dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+ ========================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -220,50 +245,54 @@
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors
- bFormatIndex - unique id for this format descriptor;
+ ================== =======================================
+ bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor;
only defined after parent header is
linked into the streaming class;
read-only
- bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in
+ bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in
the streaming header
- bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information,
+ bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information,
read-only
- bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream
- bBitsPerPixel - number of bits per pixel used to
+ bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream
+ bBitsPerPixel number of bits per pixel used to
specify color in the decoded video
frame
- guidFormat - globally unique id used to identify
+ guidFormat globally unique id used to identify
stream-encoding format
+ ================== =======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name
Date: Dec 2014
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors
- bFrameIndex - unique id for this framedescriptor;
- only defined after parent format is
- linked into the streaming header;
- read-only
- dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be
- programmed; a number of values
- separated by newline can be specified
- dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would
- like to use as default
- dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the
- compressor will produce for a video
- frame or still image
- dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest
- frame interval in bps
- dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest
- frame interval in bps
- wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px
- wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px
- bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate
- support
+ ========================= =====================================
+ bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor;
+ only defined after parent format is
+ linked into the streaming header;
+ read-only
+ dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+ ========================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -276,17 +305,20 @@
Description: Specific streaming header descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bTriggerUsage - how the host software will respond to
+
+ ==================== =====================================
+ bTriggerUsage how the host software will respond to
a hardware trigger interrupt event
- bTriggerSupport - flag specifying if hardware
+ bTriggerSupport flag specifying if hardware
triggering is supported
- bStillCaptureMethod - method of still image caputre
+ bStillCaptureMethod method of still image caputre
supported
- bTerminalLink - id of the output terminal to which
+ bTerminalLink id of the output terminal to which
the video endpoint of this interface
is connected
- bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming
+ bmInfo capabilities of this video streaming
interface
+ ==================== =====================================
What: /sys/class/udc/udc.name/device/gadget/video4linux/video.name/function_name
Date: May 2018
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
index 5afcd78f..8debcb0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
commands.
Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'.
-So this must work:
+So this must work::
$ cat error-inj >einj.txt
$ cat einj.txt >error-inj
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
index 2e9ae31..c5d678d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -20,9 +20,13 @@
The user can supply a bitmask value, each bit represents
a different engine to disable/enable its clock gating feature.
The bitmask is composed of 20 bits:
- 0 - 7 : DMA channels
- 8 - 11 : MME engines
- 12 - 19 : TPC engines
+
+ ======= ============
+ 0 - 7 DMA channels
+ 8 - 11 MME engines
+ 12 - 19 TPC engines
+ ======= ============
+
The bit's location of a specific engine can be determined
using (1 << GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_*). GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_* values
are defined in uapi habanalabs.h file in enum gaudi_engine_id
@@ -59,6 +63,7 @@
the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
move the bar before and after the transaction.
+
If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read
or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory
@@ -73,6 +78,7 @@
the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
move the bar before and after the transaction.
+
If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read
or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
index 6546115..ab6099d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
the global lock should get used.
Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
-the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from `/sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe`):
/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@
should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
or writing to them.
-CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
-what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
-This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
-not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
+CAUTION:
+ Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+ what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+ This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+ not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
index 67b1717..6eee10c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
@@ -2,13 +2,19 @@
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal.
+Description: (Read) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal.
Returns N+1 bytes, where N is the number of Moxtet connected
modules. The first byte is from the CPU board itself.
- Example: 101214
- 10: CPU board with SD card
- 12: 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active
- 14: 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active
+
+ Example::
+
+ 101214
+
+ == =======================================
+ 10 CPU board with SD card
+ 12 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active
+ 14 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active
+ == =======================================
What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/output
Date: March 2019
@@ -17,7 +23,13 @@
Description: (RW) Read last written value to the shift registers, in
hexadecimal, or write values to the shift registers, also
in hexadecimal.
- Example: 0102
- 01: 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the
- first module's shift register
- 02: the same for second module
+
+ Example::
+
+ 0102
+
+ == ================================================
+ 01 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the
+ first module's shift register
+ 02 the same for second module
+ == ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
index 685d5a4..f75a655 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
@@ -4,42 +4,42 @@
Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Description:
- These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
+These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
arch/powerpc/crypto/nx.
Error Detection
===============
errors:
-- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
-only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
+ A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
+ only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
last_error:
-- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
-recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
+ The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
+ recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
last_error_pid:
-- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
-hcall.
+ The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
+ hcall.
Device Use
==========
aes_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
-supported modes.
+ The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
+ supported modes.
aes_ops:
-- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
sha256_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
+ The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
sha256_ops:
-- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
sha512_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
+ The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
sha512_ops:
-- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
index cf11736..f6f65a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -4,16 +4,15 @@
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
-debugfs interface
------------------
-
The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
these files in debugfs:
/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
- info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
-Example:
--------
+ ==== ====== ====================================
+ info 0444 Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+ ==== ====== ====================================
-cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
+Example::
+
+ cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
index 2b3255e..326df1b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
@@ -2,8 +2,13 @@
Date: Jun 2020
KernelVersion: 5.8
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (W) Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in
- device's OTP. The message must be exactly 64 bytes (since
- this is intended for SHA-512 hashes).
- (R) The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the R and
- S values of the ECDSA signature, both in big-endian format.
+Description:
+
+ ======= ===========================================================
+ (Write) Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in
+ device's OTP. The message must be exactly 64 bytes
+ (since this is intended for SHA-512 hashes).
+ (Read) The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the
+ R and S values of the ECDSA signature, both in
+ big-endian format.
+ ======= ===========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
index 9d8d9d2..682e3c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
@@ -27,16 +27,17 @@
for writing, two for the type and at least a single byte of
data.
- Example:
- // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
- // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with
- // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00]
- $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
- // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
- // included after the raw hex.
- // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...]
- $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
- 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8...
+ Example::
+
+ // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
+ // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with
+ // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00]
+ $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+ // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
+ // included after the raw hex.
+ // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...]
+ $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+ 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8...
Note that the first 16 bytes of the received MBOX[] will be
printed, even if some of the data is junk, and skipping bytes
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
index fc919ce..5f3a0dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
@@ -10,29 +10,29 @@
<uapi/linux/wmi.h>
1) To perform an SMBIOS call from userspace, you'll need to
- first determine the minimum size of the calling interface
- buffer for your machine.
- Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger
- objects from the system firmware.
- Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k.
+ first determine the minimum size of the calling interface
+ buffer for your machine.
+ Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger
+ objects from the system firmware.
+ Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k.
- To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from
- the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios.
+ To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from
+ the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios.
2) After you've determined the minimum size of the calling
- interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents
- the structure documented above.
+ interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents
+ the structure documented above.
3) In the 'length' object store the size of the buffer you
- determined above and allocated.
+ determined above and allocated.
4) In this buffer object, prepare as necessary for the SMBIOS
- call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have
- "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide
- with the data you are interested in.
- Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope
- of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for
- further documentation on these values.
+ call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have
+ "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide
+ with the data you are interested in.
+ Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope
+ of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for
+ further documentation on these values.
6) Run the call by using ioctl() as described in the header.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
index 3c0bb76..a377b6c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
to the kernel's printk buffer.
Injecting messages:
+
Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in
the kernel's printk buffer.
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@
the messages can always be reliably determined.
Accessing the buffer:
+
Every read() from the opened device node receives one record
of the kernel's printk buffer.
@@ -48,6 +50,7 @@
if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader.
The device supports seek with the following parameters:
+
SEEK_SET, 0
seek to the first entry in the buffer
SEEK_END, 0
@@ -87,18 +90,22 @@
readable context of the message, for reliable processing in
userspace.
- Example:
- 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
- SUBSYSTEM=acpi
- DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
- 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
- 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
+ Example::
+
+ 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
+ SUBSYSTEM=acpi
+ DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
+ 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
+ 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way:
- b12:8 - block dev_t
- c127:3 - char dev_t
- n8 - netdev ifindex
- +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname
+
+ ============ =================
+ b12:8 block dev_t
+ c127:3 char dev_t
+ n8 netdev ifindex
+ +sound:card0 subsystem:devname
+ ============ =================
The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
fragment of a line. Note, that these hints about continuation
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
index 201d103..3c477ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
@@ -17,26 +17,33 @@
echoing a value to <securityfs>/evm made up of the
following bits:
+ === ==================================================
Bit Effect
+ === ==================================================
0 Enable HMAC validation and creation
1 Enable digital signature validation
2 Permit modification of EVM-protected metadata at
runtime. Not supported if HMAC validation and
creation is enabled.
31 Disable further runtime modification of EVM policy
+ === ==================================================
- For example:
+ For example::
- echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
+ echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable HMAC validation and creation
- echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm
+ ::
+
+ echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable HMAC and digital signature validation and
HMAC creation and disable all further modification of policy.
- echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm
+ ::
+
+ echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable digital signature validation, permit
modification of EVM-protected metadata and
@@ -65,7 +72,7 @@
Shows the set of extended attributes used to calculate or
validate the EVM signature, and allows additional attributes
to be added at runtime. Any signatures generated after
- additional attributes are added (and on files posessing those
+ additional attributes are added (and on files possessing those
additional attributes) will only be valid if the same
additional attributes are configured on system boot. Writing
a single period (.) will lock the xattr list from any further
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
index 7b265fbb..66bdcd1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
@@ -12,15 +12,16 @@
The following file operations are supported:
open(2)
- Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+ Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
ioctl(2)
- Initiate various actions.
- See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>
- for descriptions of all ioctls.
+ Initiate various actions.
+
+ See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>
+ for descriptions of all ioctls.
close(2)
- Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated
- with the file descriptor.
+ Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated
+ with the file descriptor.
Users: TBD
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
index cd57291..e35263f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -15,19 +15,22 @@
IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements
for local measurement appraisal.
- rule format: action [condition ...]
+ ::
- action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise |
- audit | hash | dont_hash
- condition:= base | lsm [option]
+ rule format: action [condition ...]
+
+ action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise |
+ audit | hash | dont_hash
+ condition:= base | lsm [option]
base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
[euid=] [fowner=] [fsname=]]
lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
[obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
option: [[appraise_type=]] [template=] [permit_directio]
[appraise_flag=] [keyrings=]
- base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
- [FIRMWARE_CHECK]
+ base:
+ func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK]MODULE_CHECK]
+ [FIRMWARE_CHECK]
[KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK]
[KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK]
mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND]
@@ -37,8 +40,9 @@
uid:= decimal value
euid:= decimal value
fowner:= decimal value
- lsm: are LSM specific
- option: appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig]
+ lsm: are LSM specific
+ option:
+ appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig]
appraise_flag:= [check_blacklist]
Currently, blacklist check is only for files signed with appended
signature.
@@ -49,7 +53,7 @@
(eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure".
pcr:= decimal value
- default policy:
+ default policy:
# PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0
@@ -97,7 +101,8 @@
Examples of LSM specific definitions:
- SELinux:
+ SELinux::
+
dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t
dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
@@ -105,10 +110,11 @@
measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
- Smack:
+ Smack::
+
measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
- Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs:
+ Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs::
measure func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK pcr=4
measure func=KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK pcr=5
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
index 70dcaf2..e58d641 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -6,32 +6,38 @@
of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
fields:
- 1 - major number
- 2 - minor mumber
- 3 - device name
- 4 - reads completed successfully
- 5 - reads merged
- 6 - sectors read
- 7 - time spent reading (ms)
- 8 - writes completed
- 9 - writes merged
- 10 - sectors written
- 11 - time spent writing (ms)
- 12 - I/Os currently in progress
- 13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ == ===================================
+ 1 major number
+ 2 minor mumber
+ 3 device name
+ 4 reads completed successfully
+ 5 reads merged
+ 6 sectors read
+ 7 time spent reading (ms)
+ 8 writes completed
+ 9 writes merged
+ 10 sectors written
+ 11 time spent writing (ms)
+ 12 I/Os currently in progress
+ 13 time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 14 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ == ===================================
Kernel 4.18+ appends four more fields for discard
tracking putting the total at 18:
- 15 - discards completed successfully
- 16 - discards merged
- 17 - sectors discarded
- 18 - time spent discarding
+ == ===================================
+ 15 discards completed successfully
+ 16 discards merged
+ 17 sectors discarded
+ 18 time spent discarding
+ == ===================================
Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests:
- 19 - flush requests completed successfully
- 20 - time spent flushing
+ == =====================================
+ 19 flush requests completed successfully
+ 20 time spent flushing
+ == =====================================
For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
index 0469781..a4e31c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
@@ -14,28 +14,28 @@
For more details, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst
and the procfs man page.
- Typical output looks like this:
+ Typical output looks like this::
- 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup]
- Size: 1192 kB
- KernelPageSize: 4 kB
- MMUPageSize: 4 kB
- Rss: 884 kB
- Pss: 385 kB
- Pss_Anon: 301 kB
- Pss_File: 80 kB
- Pss_Shmem: 4 kB
- Shared_Clean: 696 kB
- Shared_Dirty: 0 kB
- Private_Clean: 120 kB
- Private_Dirty: 68 kB
- Referenced: 884 kB
- Anonymous: 68 kB
- LazyFree: 0 kB
- AnonHugePages: 0 kB
- ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB
- Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB
- Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB
- Swap: 0 kB
- SwapPss: 0 kB
- Locked: 385 kB
+ 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup]
+ Size: 1192 kB
+ KernelPageSize: 4 kB
+ MMUPageSize: 4 kB
+ Rss: 884 kB
+ Pss: 385 kB
+ Pss_Anon: 301 kB
+ Pss_File: 80 kB
+ Pss_Shmem: 4 kB
+ Shared_Clean: 696 kB
+ Shared_Dirty: 0 kB
+ Private_Clean: 120 kB
+ Private_Dirty: 68 kB
+ Referenced: 884 kB
+ Anonymous: 68 kB
+ LazyFree: 0 kB
+ AnonHugePages: 0 kB
+ ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB
+ Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB
+ Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB
+ Swap: 0 kB
+ SwapPss: 0 kB
+ Locked: 385 kB
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
index d45209a..5b02540 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -9,25 +9,25 @@
provide a generic interface to show records captured in
the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part
of the console log is captured, but other interesting
- data can also be saved.
+ data can also be saved::
- # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
+ # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
- $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
- total 0
- -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
+ $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
+ total 0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
Different users of this interface will result in different
filename prefixes. Currently two are defined:
- "dmesg" - saved console log
- "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
+ - "dmesg" - saved console log
+ - "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
Once the information in a file has been read, removing
the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
- device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
+ device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use::
- $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
+ $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
@@ -44,4 +44,3 @@
backends are available, the preferred backend may be
set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at
boot time.
-
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index 2322eb7..e34cdee 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -4,23 +4,27 @@
Description:
The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
- 1 - reads completed successfully
- 2 - reads merged
- 3 - sectors read
- 4 - time spent reading (ms)
- 5 - writes completed
- 6 - writes merged
- 7 - sectors written
- 8 - time spent writing (ms)
- 9 - I/Os currently in progress
- 10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 12 - discards completed
- 13 - discards merged
- 14 - sectors discarded
- 15 - time spent discarding (ms)
- 16 - flush requests completed
- 17 - time spent flushing (ms)
+
+ == ==============================================
+ 1 reads completed successfully
+ 2 reads merged
+ 3 sectors read
+ 4 time spent reading (ms)
+ 5 writes completed
+ 6 writes merged
+ 7 sectors written
+ 8 time spent writing (ms)
+ 9 I/Os currently in progress
+ 10 time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 11 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 12 discards completed
+ 13 discards merged
+ 14 sectors discarded
+ 15 time spent discarding (ms)
+ 16 flush requests completed
+ 17 time spent flushing (ms)
+ == ==============================================
+
For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
index 17f2bc7..aa0fb50 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
@@ -8,11 +8,13 @@
It has the following valid values:
+ == ========================================================
0 OFF - the LED is not activated on activity
1 BLINK_ON - the LED blinks on every 10ms when activity is
detected.
2 BLINK_OFF - the LED is on when idle, and blinks off
every 10ms when activity is detected.
+ == ========================================================
Note that the user must turn sw_activity OFF it they wish to
control the activity LED via the em_message file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
index 8f070b4..14a6fe9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
is using the device. When "force" is used, the device is also unmapped
when device is in use. All I/Os that are in progress will fail.
- Example:
+ Example::
- # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device
+ # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device
What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/state
Date: Feb 2020
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
index e7898cf..58abacf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace
object associated with the device object. For example,
\_SB_.PCI0.
+
This file is not present for device objects representing
fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep
buttons).
@@ -67,14 +68,16 @@
The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's
status bitmap:
- Bit [0] – Set if the device is present.
- Bit [1] – Set if the device is enabled and decoding its
- resources.
- Bit [2] – Set if the device should be shown in the UI.
- Bit [3] – Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared if
- device failed its diagnostics).
- Bit [4] – Set if the battery is present.
- Bits [31:5] – Reserved (must be cleared)
+ =========== ==================================================
+ Bit [0] Set if the device is present.
+ Bit [1] Set if the device is enabled and decoding its
+ resources.
+ Bit [2] Set if the device should be shown in the UI.
+ Bit [3] Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared
+ if device failed its diagnostics).
+ Bit [4] Set if the battery is present.
+ Bits [31:5] Reserved (must be cleared)
+ =========== ==================================================
If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device
that is not present cannot be enabled).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti
index 9d11502..bf2869c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti
@@ -8,50 +8,50 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered.
+Description: (Read) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/ctmid
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Display the associated CTM ID
+Description: (Read) Display the associated CTM ID
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/nr_trigger_cons
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI
+Description: (Read) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/name
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Name of connected device <N>
+Description: (Read) Name of connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_signals
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Input trigger signals from connected device <N>
+Description: (Read) Input trigger signals from connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_types
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Functional types for the input trigger signals
+Description: (Read) Functional types for the input trigger signals
from connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_signals
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Output trigger signals to connected device <N>
+Description: (Read) Output trigger signals to connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_types
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Functional types for the output trigger signals
+Description: (Read) Functional types for the output trigger signals
to connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inout_sel
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Write the INTACK register.
+Description: (Write) Write the INTACK register.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appset
Date: March 2020
@@ -101,99 +101,99 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel.
+Description: (Write) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/apppulse
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock
+Description: (Write) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock
cycle.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/chinstatus
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Read current status of channel inputs.
+Description: (Read) Read current status of channel inputs.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/choutstatus
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) read current status of channel outputs.
+Description: (Read) read current status of channel outputs.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/triginstatus
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) read current status of input trigger signals
+Description: (Read) read current status of input trigger signals
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/trigoutstatus
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) read current status of output trigger signals.
+Description: (Read) read current status of output trigger signals.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_attach
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel.
+Description: (Write) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_detach
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel.
+Description: (Write) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_attach
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel.
+Description: (Write) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_detach
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel.
+Description: (Write) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_enable
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (W) or list enabled
+Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (Write) or list enabled
channels through the gate (R).
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_disable
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Disable CTIGATE for single channel.
+Description: (Write) Disable CTIGATE for single channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_set
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Activate a single channel.
+Description: (Write) Activate a single channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_clear
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Deactivate a single channel.
+Description: (Write) Deactivate a single channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_pulse
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle.
+Description: (Write) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_filtered
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) List of output triggers filtered across all connections.
+Description: (Read) List of output triggers filtered across all connections.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trig_filter_enable
Date: March 2020
@@ -205,13 +205,13 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal.
+Description: (Read) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_free
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) show channels with no attached trigger signals.
+Description: (Read) show channels with no attached trigger signals.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_sel
Date: March 2020
@@ -224,18 +224,18 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view
+Description: (Read) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view
channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_out
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view
+Description: (Read) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view
channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_reset
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Clear all channel / trigger programming.
+Description: (Write) Clear all channel / trigger programming.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
index b5f52608..9a383f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
@@ -4,7 +4,10 @@
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple
source for a single sink.
- ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
+
+ ex::
+
+ echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr
Date: November 2014
@@ -20,21 +23,21 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of
+Description: (Read) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of
2. The value is read directly from HW register RDP, 0x004.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/sts
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value
is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rrp
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register
that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB
interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP,
0x014.
@@ -43,7 +46,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register
that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from
the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly
from HW register RWP, 0x018.
@@ -52,21 +55,21 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
+Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ctl
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value
is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffsr
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status
register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR,
0x300.
@@ -74,6 +77,6 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control
register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR,
0x304.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
index 924265a..651602a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
@@ -146,28 +146,28 @@
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible
on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit,
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit,
as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a
trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
to its boot configuration.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Holds the current state of the sequencer.
+Description: (Read) Holds the current state of the sequencer.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq
Date: November 2014
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
index 614874e..881f0cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
@@ -12,75 +12,75 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with.
+Description: (Read) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_pe_cmp
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are
available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_addr_cmp
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are
available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_cntr
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of counters that are available for
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of counters that are available for
tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ext_inp
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented.
+Description: (Read) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numcidc
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are
available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numvmidc
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available
for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nrseqstate
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are
implemented.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_resource
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are
available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ss_cmp
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that
are available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/reset
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
to its boot configuration.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mode
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
Date: December 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the current settings for the selected address
+Description: (Read) Print the current settings for the selected address
comparator.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_idx
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
Date: December 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the current value of the selected single shot
+Description: (Read) Print the current value of the selected single shot
status register.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_pe_ctrl
@@ -333,111 +333,111 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304).
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304).
The value it taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdcr
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register
(0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdsr
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register
(0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trclsr
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register
(0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcauthstatus
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register
(0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevid
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Device ID Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device ID Register
(0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevtype
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Device Type Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Type Register
(0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr0
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register
(0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr1
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register
(0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr2
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register
(0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr3
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register
(0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcconfig
Date: February 2016
KernelVersion: 4.07
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the trace configuration register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace configuration register
(0x010) as currently set by SW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trctraceid
Date: February 2016
KernelVersion: 4.07
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040).
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040).
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr0
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0).
+Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr1
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4).
+Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr2
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address,
+Description: (Read) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address,
VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit
(0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the value associated with various resources
+Description: (Read) Returns the value associated with various resources
available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell
architecture specification for more details (0x1E8).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
@@ -454,42 +454,42 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0).
+Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr5
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4).
+Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr8
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction
+Description: (Read) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction
trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr9
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit
can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr10
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit
can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr11
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the
trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from
the HW.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that
the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly
from the HW.
@@ -505,6 +505,6 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys
that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken
directly from the HW.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm
index 1dffabe..53e1f48 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
Date: April 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific
+Description: (Read) List various control and status registers. The specific
layout and content is driver specific.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/traceid
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
index ab49b9a..6aa5272 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
@@ -11,21 +11,21 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer.
+Description: (Read) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer.
The value is read directly from HW register RSZ, 0x004.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/sts
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value
is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rrp
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register
that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB
interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP,
0x014.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register
that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from
the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly
from HW register RWP, 0x018.
@@ -43,21 +43,21 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
+Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ctl
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value
is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffsr
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status
register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR,
0x300.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control
register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR,
0x304.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which
indicate the mode the device has been configured to enact. The
The value is read directly from the MODE register, 0x028.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC.
+Description: (Read) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC.
The value is read directly from the DEVID register, 0xFC8,
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buffer_size
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
index 966f850..12a733f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
during subchannel recognition.
+
Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
Users: s390-tools, HAL
@@ -31,6 +32,7 @@
channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily
in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
+
Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
Users: s390-tools, HAL
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@
opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
"none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
Note that unlike the mechanism of the same name for pci, this
file does not allow to override basic matching rules. I.e.,
the driver must still match the subchannel type of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
index 23543be..b0265ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns type of DFL FIU of the device. Now DFL
supports 2 FIU types, 0 for FME, 1 for PORT.
+
Format: 0x%x
What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/feature_id
@@ -12,4 +13,5 @@
Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns feature identifier local to its DFL FIU
type.
+
Format: 0x%x
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme
index c9278a3..63a32dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
- below.
+ below::
event = "config:0-11" - event ID
evtype = "config:12-15" - event type
portid = "config:16-23" - event source
- For example,
+ For example::
fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
@@ -40,11 +40,11 @@
All supported performance monitoring events are listed below.
- Basic events (evtype=0x00)
+ Basic events (evtype=0x00)::
clock = "event=0x00,evtype=0x00,portid=0xff"
- Cache events (evtype=0x01)
+ Cache events (evtype=0x01)::
cache_read_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
cache_read_miss = "event=0x01,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
cache_rx_req_stall = "event=0x09,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
cache_eviction = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
- Fabric events (evtype=0x02)
+ Fabric events (evtype=0x02)::
fab_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
fab_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
fab_port_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
fab_port_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
- VTD events (evtype=0x03)
+ VTD events (evtype=0x03)::
vtd_port_read_transaction = "event=0x00,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
vtd_port_write_transaction = "event=0x01,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
vtd_port_devtlb_2m_fill = "event=0x05,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
vtd_port_devtlb_1g_fill = "event=0x06,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
- VTD SIP events (evtype=0x04)
+ VTD SIP events (evtype=0x04)::
vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_hit = "event=0x01,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
index 5bb793e..df7ccc1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
@@ -10,7 +10,8 @@
name/value pairs.
Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes
- define overlapping bit ranges. For example:
+ define overlapping bit ranges. For example::
+
attr1 = 'config:0-23'
attr2 = 'config:0-7'
attr3 = 'config:12-35'
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
index 2273627..de390a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
- below.
+ below::
chip = "config:16-31"
core = "config:16-31"
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
offset = "config:32-63"
vcpu = "config:16-31"
- For example,
+ For example::
- PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0"
+ PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0"
In this event, '?' after chip specifies that
this value will be provided by user while running this event.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
index 6a023b4..12e2bf9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
- below.
+ below::
counter_info_version = "config:16-23"
length = "config:24-31"
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
secondary_index = "config:0-15"
starting_index = "config:32-63"
- For example,
+ For example::
- processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94,
+ processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94,
phys_processor_idx=?,counter_info_version=0x8,
length=8,offset=0x18"
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
'0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event
counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical
domain event counters.
+
'1' if that access is allowed.
What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
index 657df13..8fe787c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -3,16 +3,19 @@
KernelVersion: TBD
Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces.
+
Attributes:
- ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
+ ctlr_create:
+ 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
<ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a
fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any
per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's
'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login
process.
- ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
+ ctlr_destroy:
+ 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the
fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected
FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated
@@ -32,11 +35,13 @@
Attributes:
- fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing
+ fcf_dev_loss_tmo:
+ Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing
this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
FCFs discovered by this controller.
- mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
+ mode:
+ Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller
is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is
initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted.
@@ -44,23 +49,30 @@
FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE
Controller only supports one mode at a time.
- enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
+ enabled:
+ Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1
to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller.
- lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
+ lesb/link_fail:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
- lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
+ lesb/vlink_fail:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
failure count.
- lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
+ lesb/miss_fka:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
- lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
+ lesb/symb_err:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
- lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
+ lesb/err_block:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
- lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
+ lesb/fcs_error:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
Services error count.
Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
@@ -75,31 +87,41 @@
Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take
outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to
be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment.
+
Attributes:
- fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
+ fabric_name:
+ Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
- switch_name: Identifies the FCF.
+ switch_name:
+ Identifies the FCF.
- priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
+ priority:
+ The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
fabric.
- selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
+ selected:
+ 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
0 indicates that the switch will not be used.
- fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP
+ fc_map:
+ The Fibre Channel MAP
- vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID
+ vfid:
+ The Virtual Fabric ID
- mac: The FCF's MAC address
+ mac:
+ The FCF's MAC address
- fka_period: The FIP Keep-Alive period
+ fka_period:
+ The FIP Keep-Alive period
fabric_state: The internal kernel state
- "Unknown" - Initialization value
- "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
- "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
- "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
+
+ - "Unknown" - Initialization value
+ - "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
+ - "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
+ - "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
index 80256b8..bf3c6af 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@
the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
this location. The format for the location is Object.Id
and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/.
- For example:
- # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind
What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../unbind
Date: December 2016
@@ -17,5 +19,7 @@
driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
this location. The format for the location is Object.Id
and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/.
- For example:
- # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
index 9de269b..42dfc93 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
@@ -3,19 +3,25 @@
Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Description:
show what device is attached
- NONE - no device
- USB - USB device is attached
- UART - UART is attached
- CHARGER - Charger is attaced
- JIG - JIG is attached
+
+ ======= ======================
+ NONE no device
+ USB USB device is attached
+ UART UART is attached
+ CHARGER Charger is attaced
+ JIG JIG is attached
+ ======= ======================
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch
Date: February 2011
Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Description:
show or set the state of manual switch
- VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path
- UART - switch to UART path
- AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path
- DHOST - switch to DHOST path
- AUTO - switch automatically by device
+
+ ======= ==============================
+ VAUDIO switch to VAUDIO path
+ UART switch to UART path
+ AUDIO switch to AUDIO path
+ DHOST switch to DHOST path
+ AUTO switch automatically by device
+ ======= ==============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
index 0b0de8c..b6c69eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
@@ -6,15 +6,18 @@
Value that exists only for mux devices that can be
written to control the behaviour of the multiplexer on
idle. Possible values:
- -2 - disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used
- channel, which is useful when there is a device
- with an address that conflicts with another
- device on another mux on the same parent bus.
- -1 - leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal
- setting in terms of I2C operations and is the
- default mode.
- 0..<nchans> - set the mux to a predetermined channel,
- which is useful if there is one channel that is
- used almost always, and you want to reduce the
- latency for normal operations after rare
- transactions on other channels
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ -2 disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used
+ channel, which is useful when there is a device
+ with an address that conflicts with another
+ device on another mux on the same parent bus.
+ -1 leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal
+ setting in terms of I2C operations and is the
+ default mode.
+ 0..<nchans> set the mux to a predetermined channel,
+ which is useful if there is one channel that is
+ used almost always, and you want to reduce the
+ latency for normal operations after rare
+ transactions on other channels
+ =========== ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
index 2f332ec..1f4a266 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
@@ -84,6 +84,7 @@
by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
modes.
+
This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller
driving the bus.
@@ -135,6 +136,7 @@
Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device.
Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated
by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
+
See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
modes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index a9d51810..df42bed 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or
provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g.
periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer).
+
Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not
generalize well and hence are not documented in this file.
X is the IIO index of the trigger.
@@ -65,6 +66,7 @@
Description:
When the internal sampling clock can only take a specific set of
frequencies, we can specify the available values with:
+
- a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8"
- a range with minimum, step and maximum frequencies like
"[min step max]"
@@ -665,6 +667,7 @@
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take
different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds
or neither.
+
Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary
depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
@@ -719,6 +722,7 @@
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take
different values, but the device can only enable both rate of
change thresholds or neither.
+
Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may
vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
@@ -774,9 +778,11 @@
Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
against for the events enabled by
<type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en.
+
If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
threshold value applies to both directions.
+
The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
@@ -859,6 +865,7 @@
If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
hysteresis value applies to both directions.
+
For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for
this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to
normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value
@@ -905,6 +912,7 @@
Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the
device is comparing against for the events enabled by
<type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en.
+
If separate attributes exist for the two directions,
but direction is not specified for this attribute,
then a single threshold value applies to both directions.
@@ -1304,6 +1312,7 @@
Proximity measurement indicating that some
object is near the sensor, usually by observing
reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted.
+
Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion
to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements
indicate closer objects, and vice versa. Units after
@@ -1449,9 +1458,12 @@
Description:
A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan
elements to wait for.
+
Poll will block until the watermark is reached.
+
Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested
read amount or the low water mark is available.
+
Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the
buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This
allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read
@@ -1480,11 +1492,13 @@
device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples
data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo
will not enabled).
+
If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware
fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will
flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non
blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the
device buffer will also force a flush.
+
When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a
trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings
guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device
@@ -1522,6 +1536,7 @@
A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level
for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one,
then the hardware watermark will remain unset.
@@ -1532,6 +1547,7 @@
A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level
for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this
one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value.
@@ -1543,6 +1559,7 @@
levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it
is not present it means that all the values between
hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than
hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this
list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the
@@ -1604,7 +1621,8 @@
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
'1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable
- of heater function. Same reading values apply
+ of heater function. Same reading values apply.
+
This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors
to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation
in some humidity environment
@@ -1627,17 +1645,21 @@
Mounting matrix for IIO sensors. This is a rotation matrix which
informs userspace about sensor chip's placement relative to the
main hardware it is mounted on.
+
Main hardware placement is defined according to the local
reference frame related to the physical quantity the sensor
measures.
+
Given that the rotation matrix is defined in a board specific
way (platform data and / or device-tree), the main hardware
reference frame definition is left to the implementor's choice
(see below for a magnetometer example).
+
Applications should apply this rotation matrix to samples so
that when main hardware reference frame is aligned onto local
reference frame, then sensor chip reference frame is also
perfectly aligned with it.
+
Matrix is a 3x3 unitary matrix and typically looks like
[0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Identity matrix
[1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and main hardware
@@ -1646,8 +1668,10 @@
For example, a mounting matrix for a magnetometer sensor informs
userspace about sensor chip's ORIENTATION relative to the main
hardware.
+
More specifically, main hardware orientation is defined with
respect to the LOCAL EARTH GEOMAGNETIC REFERENCE FRAME where :
+
* Y is in the ground plane and positive towards magnetic North ;
* X is in the ground plane, perpendicular to the North axis and
positive towards the East ;
@@ -1656,13 +1680,16 @@
An implementor might consider that for a hand-held device, a
'natural' orientation would be 'front facing camera at the top'.
The main hardware reference frame could then be described as :
+
* Y is in the plane of the screen and is positive towards the
top of the screen ;
* X is in the plane of the screen, perpendicular to Y axis, and
positive towards the right hand side of the screen ;
* Z is perpendicular to the screen plane and positive out of the
screen.
+
Another example for a quadrotor UAV might be :
+
* Y is in the plane of the propellers and positive towards the
front-view camera;
* X is in the plane of the propellers, perpendicular to Y axis,
@@ -1704,6 +1731,7 @@
This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
A list of possible counting directions which are:
+
- "up" : counter device is increasing.
- "down": counter device is decreasing.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
index 2071f9b..1c2a07f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@
Description:
The DAC is used to find the peak level of an alternating
voltage input signal by a binary search using the output
- of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so:
+ of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so::
+
_
| \
input +------>-------|+ \
@@ -19,10 +20,12 @@
| irq|------<-------'
| |
'-------'
+
The boolean invert attribute (0/1) should be set when the
input signal is centered around the maximum value of the
dac instead of zero. The envelope detector will search
from below in this case and will also invert the result.
+
The edge/level of the interrupt is also switched to its
opposite value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
index f30b4c4..4b01150 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
@@ -19,9 +19,11 @@
is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different
sensing_modes.
+
The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V.
Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
can not be odd.
+
If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising
threshold is automatically subtracted by one.
@@ -34,10 +36,13 @@
this value then the threshold rising event is pushed.
Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold
is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
+
Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different
sensing_modes.
+
The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V.
Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
can not be odd.
+
If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling
threshold is automatically appended by one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
index efe4c85..1975c7a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
@@ -5,10 +5,13 @@
The STM32 ADC can be configured to use external trigger sources
(e.g. timers, pwm or exti gpio). Then, it can be tuned to start
conversions on external trigger by either:
+
- "rising-edge"
- "falling-edge"
- "both-edges".
+
Reading returns current trigger polarity.
+
Writing value before enabling conversions sets trigger polarity.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity_available
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
index 6158f83..adf24c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Writing '1' will perform a FOC (Fast Online Calibration). The
- corresponding calibration offsets can be read from *_calibbias
+ corresponding calibration offsets can be read from `*_calibbias`
entries.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/location
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
index 0e66ae9..91439d6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
@@ -3,14 +3,20 @@
Contact: arnaud.pouliquen@st.com
Description:
For audio purpose only.
+
Used by audio driver to set/get the spi input frequency.
+
This is mandatory if DFSDM is slave on SPI bus, to
provide information on the SPI clock frequency during runtime
Notice that the SPI frequency should be a multiple of sample
frequency to ensure the precision.
- if DFSDM input is SPI master
+
+ if DFSDM input is SPI master:
+
Reading SPI clkout frequency,
error on writing
+
If DFSDM input is SPI Slave:
+
Reading returns value previously set.
Writing value before starting conversions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
index a133fd8..40df5c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
@@ -15,8 +15,11 @@
first object echoed in meters. Default value is 6.020.
This setting limits the time the driver is waiting for a
echo.
+
Showing the range of available values is represented as the
minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed
in square brackets.
- Example:
- [0.043 0.043 11.008]
+
+ Example::
+
+ [0.043 0.043 11.008]
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
index a91aeab..d065cda 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
@@ -8,7 +8,9 @@
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+
'1' means that the clock in question is present.
+
'0' means that the clock is missing.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
index 302de64..544548e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
KernelVersion:
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
- Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y:
+ Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y::
- out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x
- out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x
- out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x
- out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x
+ out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x
+ out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x
+ out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x
+ out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown
KernelVersion:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
index 6adba90..66b621f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
@@ -6,10 +6,14 @@
Get measured values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the
specific stage number corresponding to datasheet stage names
as follows:
- 1 -> LED2
- 2 -> ALED2/LED3
- 3 -> LED1
- 4 -> ALED1/LED4
+
+ == ==========
+ 1 LED2
+ 2 ALED2/LED3
+ 3 LED1
+ 4 ALED1/LED4
+ == ==========
+
Note that channels 5 and 6 represent LED2-ALED2 and LED1-ALED1
respectively which simply helper channels containing the
calculated difference in the value of stage 1 - 2 and 3 - 4.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
index f0ce0a0..220206a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
@@ -15,5 +15,7 @@
Scheme 0 has wider dynamic range, Scheme 1 proximity detection
is less affected by the ambient IR noise variation.
- 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient
- 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection
+ == =============================================
+ 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient
+ 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection
+ == =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
index ad2cc63..73498ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
@@ -17,9 +17,11 @@
Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com
Description:
Configure the device counter quadrature modes:
+
- non-quadrature:
Encoder IN1 input servers as the count input (up
direction).
+
- quadrature:
Encoder IN1 and IN2 inputs are mixed to get direction
and count.
@@ -35,23 +37,26 @@
Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com
Description:
Configure the device encoder/counter active edge:
+
- rising-edge
- falling-edge
- both-edges
In non-quadrature mode, device counts up on active edge.
+
In quadrature mode, encoder counting scenarios are as follows:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ +---------+----------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Active | Level on | IN1 signal | IN2 signal |
- | edge | opposite |------------------------------------------
+ | edge | opposite +----------+---------+----------+---------+
| | signal | Rising | Falling | Rising | Falling |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Rising | High -> | Down | - | Up | - |
- | edge | Low -> | Up | - | Down | - |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Falling | High -> | - | Up | - | Down |
- | edge | Low -> | - | Down | - | Up |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Both | High -> | Down | Up | Up | Down |
- | edges | Low -> | Up | Down | Down | Up |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Rising | High -> | Down | - | Up | - |
+ | edge | Low -> | Up | - | Down | - |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Falling | High -> | - | Up | - | Down |
+ | edge | Low -> | - | Down | - | Up |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Both | High -> | Down | Up | Up | Down |
+ | edges | Low -> | Up | Down | Down | Up |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
index 6275e9f..13f099e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
@@ -5,11 +5,16 @@
Description:
Current configuration and available configurations
for the bias current.
- normal - Normal measurement configurations (default)
- positivebias - Positive bias configuration
- negativebias - Negative bias configuration
- disabled - Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic
+
+ ============ ============================================
+ normal Normal measurement configurations (default)
+ positivebias Positive bias configuration
+ negativebias Negative bias configuration
+ disabled Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic
sensor and enables temperature sensor.
- Note: The effect of this configuration may vary
- according to the device. For exact documentation
- check the device's datasheet.
+ ============ ============================================
+
+ Note:
+ The effect of this configuration may vary
+ according to the device. For exact documentation
+ check the device's datasheet.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
index 3b3509a..e5ef6d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
@@ -5,9 +5,12 @@
Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults,
such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires.
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
- '1' = An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires
- has been detected.
- '0' = No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected
+
+ === =======================================================
+ '1' An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires
+ has been detected.
+ '0' No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected
+ === =======================================================
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv
KernelVersion: 5.1
@@ -18,7 +21,11 @@
cables by integrated MOSFETs at the T+ and T- inputs, and the
BIAS output. These MOSFETs turn off when the input voltage is
negative or greater than VDD.
+
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
- '1' = The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD.
- '0' = The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal
- state).
+
+ === =======================================================
+ '1' The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD.
+ '0' The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal
+ state).
+ === =======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
index b725923..c4a4497 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
@@ -3,67 +3,85 @@
Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
Description:
Reading returns the list possible master modes which are:
- - "reset" : The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is
+
+
+ - "reset"
+ The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is
used as trigger output (TRGO).
- - "enable" : The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used
+ - "enable"
+ The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used
as trigger output.
- - "update" : The update event is selected as trigger output.
+ - "update"
+ The update event is selected as trigger output.
For instance a master timer can then be used
as a prescaler for a slave timer.
- - "compare_pulse" : The trigger output send a positive pulse
- when the CC1IF flag is to be set.
- - "OC1REF" : OC1REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC2REF" : OC2REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC3REF" : OC3REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC4REF" : OC4REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "compare_pulse"
+ The trigger output send a positive pulse
+ when the CC1IF flag is to be set.
+ - "OC1REF"
+ OC1REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC2REF"
+ OC2REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC3REF"
+ OC3REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC4REF"
+ OC4REF signal is used as trigger output.
+
Additional modes (on TRGO2 only):
- - "OC5REF" : OC5REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC6REF" : OC6REF signal is used as trigger output.
+
+ - "OC5REF"
+ OC5REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC6REF"
+ OC6REF signal is used as trigger output.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF":
- OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC6REF":
- OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
- OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_f":
- OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate
+ pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
- OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
+ OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_f":
- OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate
+ pulses.
- +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+
- | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2)
- +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +-->
- | | || +---------+
- +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+
- | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX
- +-----------+-+ | | Control +-->
- . | | +---------+
- . | | .
- +-----------v-+ OC6REF | .
- | Ch6 compare +---------+>
- +-------------+
+ ::
- Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
+ +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+
+ | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2)
+ +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +-->
+ | | || +---------+
+ +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+
+ | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX
+ +-----------+-+ | | Control +-->
+ . | | +---------+
+ . | | .
+ +-----------v-+ OC6REF | .
+ | Ch6 compare +---------+>
+ +-------------+
- X
- X X
- X . . X
- X . . X
- X . . X
- count X . . . . X
- . . . .
- . . . .
- +---------------+
- OC4REF | . . |
- +-+ . . +-+
- . +---+ .
- OC6REF . | | .
- +-------+ +-------+
- +-+ +-+
- TRGO2 | | | |
- +-+ +---+ +---------+
+ Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r"::
+
+ X
+ X X
+ X . . X
+ X . . X
+ X . . X
+ count X . . . . X
+ . . . .
+ . . . .
+ +---------------+
+ OC4REF | . . |
+ +-+ . . +-+
+ . +---+ .
+ OC6REF . | | .
+ +-------+ +-------+
+ +-+ +-+
+ TRGO2 | | | |
+ +-+ +---+ +---------+
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode
KernelVersion: 4.11
@@ -104,6 +122,7 @@
Configure the device counter enable modes, in all case
counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction
attribute and the counter is clocked by the internal clock.
+
always:
Counter is always ON.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
index 22d0843..b7b2278 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
@@ -10,10 +10,13 @@
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RO) Output port type:
- 0: not present,
- 1: MSU (Memory Storage Unit)
- 2: CTP (Common Trace Port)
- 4: PTI (MIPI PTI).
+
+ == =========================
+ 0 not present,
+ 1 MSU (Memory Storage Unit)
+ 2 CTP (Common Trace Port)
+ 4 PTI (MIPI PTI).
+ == =========================
What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop
Date: June 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
index 7fd2601..a74252e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
@@ -9,11 +9,13 @@
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode:
+
- "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc);
- "multi", for multiblock mode;
- "ExI", for DCI handler mode;
- "debug", for debug mode;
- any of the currently loaded buffer sinks.
+
If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated,
provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled,
otherwise the write will fail.
@@ -23,10 +25,12 @@
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes.
+
In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be
power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list
of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of
windows is not limited.
+
Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided
there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then
allocates a new one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most
index ec0a603..38cc03e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most
@@ -235,7 +235,8 @@
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
This is to read back the configured direction of the channel.
- The following strings will be accepted:
+ The following strings will be accepted::
+
'tx',
'rx'
Users:
@@ -246,7 +247,8 @@
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
This is to read back the configured data type of the channel.
- The following strings will be accepted:
+ The following strings will be accepted::
+
'control',
'async',
'sync',
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
index 3559585..4a6d61b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
@@ -2,16 +2,16 @@
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Moxtet module description. Format: string
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module description. Format: string
What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_id
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x
What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_name
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Moxtet module name. Format: string
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module name. Format: string
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
index e4f76e7..63ef0b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-For all of the nmem device attributes under nfit/*, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware
+For all of the nmem device attributes under ``nfit/*``, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware
Interface Table (NFIT)' section in the ACPI specification
(http://www.uefi.org/specifications) for more details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
index d643802..bff84a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
@@ -1,2 +1,8 @@
+What: nvdimm
+Date: July 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description:
+
The libnvdimm sub-system implements a common sysfs interface for
platform nvdimm resources. See Documentation/driver-api/nvdimm/.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
index c1a6727..8316c33 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
@@ -11,19 +11,26 @@
at 'Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are
the flags reported in this sysfs file:
- * "not_armed" : Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not
+ * "not_armed"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not
survive a power cycle.
- * "flush_fail" : Indicates that NVDIMM contents
+ * "flush_fail"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents
couldn't be flushed during last
shut-down event.
- * "restore_fail": Indicates that NVDIMM contents
+ * "restore_fail"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents
couldn't be restored during NVDIMM
initialization.
- * "encrypted" : NVDIMM contents are encrypted.
- * "smart_notify": There is health event for the NVDIMM.
- * "scrubbed" : Indicating that contents of the
+ * "encrypted"
+ NVDIMM contents are encrypted.
+ * "smart_notify"
+ There is health event for the NVDIMM.
+ * "scrubbed"
+ Indicating that contents of the
NVDIMM have been scrubbed.
- * "locked" : Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant
+ * "locked"
+ Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant
be modified until next power cycle.
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/perf_stats
@@ -51,4 +58,4 @@
* "MedWDur " : Media Write Duration
* "CchRHCnt" : Cache Read Hit Count
* "CchWHCnt" : Cache Write Hit Count
- * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count
\ No newline at end of file
+ * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 450296c..77ad9ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -7,8 +7,10 @@
this location. This is useful for overriding default
bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
- found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
- # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example::
+
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+
(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
@@ -20,8 +22,10 @@
this location. This may be useful when overriding default
bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
- found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
- # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example::
+
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+
(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
@@ -38,8 +42,9 @@
Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID
and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
- for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
Date: February 2009
@@ -54,8 +59,9 @@
required, the rest are optional. After successfully
removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
- match the driver to the device. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
+ match the driver to the device. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan
Date: January 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
index 3c9a8c4..860db53 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-==========================
PCIe Device AER statistics
-==========================
+--------------------------
+
These attributes show up under all the devices that are AER capable. These
statistical counters indicate the errors "as seen/reported by the device".
Note that this may mean that if an endpoint is causing problems, the AER
@@ -17,19 +17,18 @@
PCI device using ERR_COR. Note that since multiple errors may
be reported using a single ERR_COR message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_COR at the end of the file may not match the actual
- total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable
-Receiver Error 2
-Bad TLP 0
-Bad DLLP 0
-RELAY_NUM Rollover 0
-Replay Timer Timeout 0
-Advisory Non-Fatal 0
-Corrected Internal Error 0
-Header Log Overflow 0
-TOTAL_ERR_COR 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable
+ Receiver Error 2
+ Bad TLP 0
+ Bad DLLP 0
+ RELAY_NUM Rollover 0
+ Replay Timer Timeout 0
+ Advisory Non-Fatal 0
+ Corrected Internal Error 0
+ Header Log Overflow 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_COR 2
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_fatal
Date: July 2018
@@ -39,28 +38,27 @@
PCI device using ERR_FATAL. Note that since multiple errors may
be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_FATAL at the end of the file may not match the actual
- total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal
-Undefined 0
-Data Link Protocol 0
-Surprise Down Error 0
-Poisoned TLP 0
-Flow Control Protocol 0
-Completion Timeout 0
-Completer Abort 0
-Unexpected Completion 0
-Receiver Overflow 0
-Malformed TLP 0
-ECRC 0
-Unsupported Request 0
-ACS Violation 0
-Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
-MC Blocked TLP 0
-AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
-TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
-TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal
+ Undefined 0
+ Data Link Protocol 0
+ Surprise Down Error 0
+ Poisoned TLP 0
+ Flow Control Protocol 0
+ Completion Timeout 0
+ Completer Abort 0
+ Unexpected Completion 0
+ Receiver Overflow 0
+ Malformed TLP 0
+ ECRC 0
+ Unsupported Request 0
+ ACS Violation 0
+ Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
+ MC Blocked TLP 0
+ AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
+ TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_nonfatal
Date: July 2018
@@ -70,32 +68,31 @@
PCI device using ERR_NONFATAL. Note that since multiple errors
may be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL at the end of the file may not match the
- actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal
-Undefined 0
-Data Link Protocol 0
-Surprise Down Error 0
-Poisoned TLP 0
-Flow Control Protocol 0
-Completion Timeout 0
-Completer Abort 0
-Unexpected Completion 0
-Receiver Overflow 0
-Malformed TLP 0
-ECRC 0
-Unsupported Request 0
-ACS Violation 0
-Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
-MC Blocked TLP 0
-AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
-TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
-TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
-============================
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal
+ Undefined 0
+ Data Link Protocol 0
+ Surprise Down Error 0
+ Poisoned TLP 0
+ Flow Control Protocol 0
+ Completion Timeout 0
+ Completer Abort 0
+ Unexpected Completion 0
+ Receiver Overflow 0
+ Malformed TLP 0
+ ECRC 0
+ Unsupported Request 0
+ ACS Violation 0
+ Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
+ MC Blocked TLP 0
+ AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
+ TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0
+
PCIe Rootport AER statistics
-============================
+----------------------------
+
These attributes show up under only the rootports (or root complex event
collectors) that are AER capable. These indicate the number of error messages as
"reported to" the rootport. Please note that the rootports also transmit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
index 8a200f4..f85db86 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
Description:
Version of AudioDSP firmware ASoC catpt driver is
communicating with.
+
Format: %d.%d.%d.%d, type:major:minor:build.
What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
index 60c60fa..c90d97a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@
number returns the port to normal operation.
For example: To force the high-speed device attached to
- port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:
+ port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed::
echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
- To return the port to high-speed operation:
+ To return the port to high-speed operation::
echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
index 13208b2..634ea20 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
@@ -4,24 +4,27 @@
an individual subdirectory with the following name format of
device_name "nn:d:iiii", where:
- nn - two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the
+ ==== ========================================================
+ nn two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the
device resides
- d - device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
- iiii - four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for
+ d device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
+ iiii four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for
switches
+ ==== ========================================================
For example, below is a list of device directories that
represents a typical RapidIO network with one switch, one host,
and two agent endpoints, as it is seen by the enumerating host
- (with destID = 1):
+ (with destID = 1)::
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
- NOTE: An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a
- sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 is
- not shown in the list.
+ NOTE:
+ An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a
+ sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1
+ is not shown in the list.
Attributes Common for All RapidIO Devices
-----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
index cc30bee..417a2fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@
Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>]
+ Example::
+
$ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image
@@ -23,6 +25,8 @@
Usage: <dev-id> [force]
+ Example::
+
$ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for
@@ -80,26 +84,29 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- size: (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block
+
+ ============== ================================================
+ size (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block
device.
- major: (RO) The block device major number.
+ major (RO) The block device major number.
- client_id: (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned
+ client_id (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned
for this specific session.
- pool: (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd
+ pool (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd
image resides. An rbd image name is unique
within its pool.
- name: (RO) The name of the rbd image.
+ name (RO) The name of the rbd image.
- refresh: (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image
+ refresh (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image
header data and set all relevant data structures
accordingly.
- current_snap: (RO) The current snapshot for which the device
+ current_snap (RO) The current snapshot for which the device
is mapped.
+ ============== ================================================
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool_id
@@ -117,11 +124,13 @@
KernelVersion: v3.7
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- image_id: (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd
+ ========= ===============================================
+ image_id (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd
image format 1 this is empty.)
- features: (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits
+ features (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits
for this image.
+ ========= ===============================================
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/parent
@@ -149,14 +158,16 @@
KernelVersion: v4.9
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- snap_id: (RO) The current snapshot's id.
+ ============ ================================================
+ snap_id (RO) The current snapshot's id.
- config_info: (RO) The string written into
+ config_info (RO) The string written into
/sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}.
- cluster_fsid: (RO) The ceph cluster UUID.
+ cluster_fsid (RO) The ceph cluster UUID.
- client_addr: (RO) The ceph unique client
+ client_addr (RO) The ceph unique client
entity_addr_t (address + nonce). The format is
<address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or
'[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'.
+ ============ ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
index c2a403f..50e8023 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
When the file contains a "1" the bus is operated and periodically
does a push-pull cycle to write and read data from the
connected devices.
+
When writing a "0" or "1" the bus moves to the described state.
What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_add
@@ -21,8 +22,10 @@
to add a new device dynamically. <type> is the name that is used to match
to a driver (similar to the platform bus). <inbytes> and <outbytes> define
the length of the input and output shift register in bytes respectively.
+
<statustype> defines the 4 bit device type that is check to identify connection
problems.
+
The new device is added to the end of the existing chain.
What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
index dd565c3..0b4ab9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
@@ -37,16 +37,18 @@
Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level
set by the system BIOS. Possible values are:
- none: All devices are automatically authorized
- user: Devices are only authorized based on writing
- appropriate value to the authorized attribute
- secure: Require devices that support secure connect at
- minimum. User needs to authorize each device.
- dponly: Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No
- PCIe tunnels are created.
- usbonly: Automatically tunnel USB controller of the
+ ======= ==================================================
+ none All devices are automatically authorized
+ user Devices are only authorized based on writing
+ appropriate value to the authorized attribute
+ secure Require devices that support secure connect at
+ minimum. User needs to authorize each device.
+ dponly Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No
+ PCIe tunnels are created.
+ usbonly Automatically tunnel USB controller of the
connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All
PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed.
+ ======= ==================================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized
Date: Sep 2017
@@ -61,17 +63,23 @@
yet authorized.
Possible values are supported:
- 1: The device will be authorized and connected
+
+ == ===========================================
+ 1 The device will be authorized and connected
+ == ===========================================
When key attribute contains 32 byte hex string the possible
values are:
- 1: The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and
- the device is authorized.
- 2: Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the
- challenge response from device is valid, the device is
- authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if
- the device did not contain a key at all, and
- EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match.
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 1 The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and
+ the device is authorized.
+ 2 Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the
+ challenge response from device is valid, the device is
+ authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if
+ the device did not contain a key at all, and
+ EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match.
+ == ========================================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot
Date: Jun 2018
@@ -185,10 +193,11 @@
verification fails an error code is returned instead.
This file will accept writing values "1" or "2"
+
- Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage
- area and authenticate the image in one action.
+ area and authenticate the image in one action.
- Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image
- and flush it to the storage area.
+ and flush it to the storage area.
When read holds status of the last authentication
operation if an error occurred during the process. This
@@ -205,9 +214,11 @@
question. Following directories are already reserved by
the Apple XDomain specification:
- network: IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt
- targetdm: Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt
- extdisp: External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ ======== ===============================================
+ network IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt
+ targetdm Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ extdisp External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ ======== ===============================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/modalias
Date: Jan 2018
@@ -285,7 +296,8 @@
image when the device is disconnected from the host system.
This file will accept writing values "1" or "2"
+
- Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage
- area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect.
+ area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect.
- Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image
- and flush it to the storage area.
+ and flush it to the storage area.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index 614d216..bf2c1968 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe
This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers
that need multiple interfaces.
+
A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default
@@ -72,24 +73,27 @@
table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct
The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the
- rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the
+ rest is optional. The `Ref*` tuple can be used to tell the
driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as
it is used for the reference device.
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
- for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from
- an already supported device (0458:704c):
- # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ an already supported device (0458:704c)::
+
+ # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
Reading from this file will list all dynamically added
device IDs in the same format, with one entry per
- line. For example:
- # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
- 8086 10f5
- dead beef 06
- f00d cafe
+ line. For example::
+
+ # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ 8086 10f5
+ dead beef 06
+ f00d cafe
The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to
sysfs restrictions.
@@ -209,9 +213,11 @@
advance, and behaves well according to the specification.
This attribute is a bit-field that controls the behavior of
a specific port:
+
- Bit 0 of this field selects the "old" enumeration scheme,
as it is considerably faster (it only causes one USB reset
instead of 2).
+
The old enumeration scheme can also be selected globally
using /sys/module/usbcore/parameters/old_scheme_first, but
it is often not desirable as the new scheme was introduced to
@@ -233,10 +239,10 @@
poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space.
Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a
- udev event with the following attributes:
+ udev event with the following attributes::
- OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
- OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
+ OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+ OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit
Date: November 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
index 9ade80f..2f86e42 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
@@ -12,8 +12,11 @@
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
Description: Controls the devices display mode.
For a 6 character display the values are
+
MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
+
for an 8 character display the values are
+
MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
What: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
@@ -37,7 +40,7 @@
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
Description: Controls the decimal places on the device.
To set the nth decimal place, give this field
- the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
+ the value of ``10 ** n``. Assume this field has
the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
- change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
+ change this fields value to ``k + 10 ** m``.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
index 452dbe3..59fc804 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
@@ -28,8 +28,9 @@
Writing UUID to this file will create mediated device of
type <type-id> for parent device <device>. This is a
write-only file.
- For example:
- # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \
+ For example::
+
+ # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \
/sys/devices/foo/mdev_supported_types/foo-1/create
What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/devices/
@@ -107,5 +108,6 @@
Writing '1' to this file destroys the mediated device. The
vendor driver can fail the remove() callback if that device
is active and the vendor driver doesn't support hot unplug.
- Example:
- # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove
+ Example::
+
+ # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
index 716cffc..f7b8cf6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
@@ -66,13 +66,6 @@
the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
micro.
-What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
-Date: October 2008
-Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
-Description:
- The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the
- on-board flash size of the connected micro.
-
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
Date: October 2008
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight
index 3ab175a..1fc8640 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -24,3 +24,63 @@
non-linear
The brightness changes non-linearly with each step. Brightness
controls should use a linear mapping for a linear perception.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Get conversion value of the light sensor.
+
+ The value is automatically updated every 80 ms when the
+ light sensor is enabled.
+
+ The value range is device-driver specific:
+
+ For ADP8870:
+
+ It returns integer between 0 (dark) and 8000 (max ambient
+ brightness).
+
+ For ADP8860:
+
+ It returns a 13-bits integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>,
+ device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+
+Description:
+ (RW) Read or write the specific brightness level at which the
+ backlight operates.
+
+ The value meaning is device-driver specific:
+
+ For ADP8860:
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA
+ 1 Level 1: daylight
+ 2 Level 2: bright
+ 3 Level 3: dark
+ == ==========================
+
+ For ADP8870:
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA
+ 1 Level 1: daylight
+ 2 Level 2: bright
+ 3 Level 3: office
+ 4 Level 4: indoor
+ 5 Level 5: dark
+ == ==========================
+
+ Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level
+ operation.
+
+ It can be enabled by writing the value stored in
+ /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to
+ /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
index 54d61c7..6610ac7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
@@ -6,25 +6,8 @@
dark (level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness
level.
-What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
-Date: Apr, 2010
-KernelVersion: v2.6.35
-Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
-Description:
- (RO) 13-bit conversion value for the first light sensor—high
- byte (Bit 12 to Bit 8). The value is updated every 80 ms (when
- the light sensor is enabled).
-
-
-What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
-Date: Apr, 2010
-KernelVersion: v2.6.35
-Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
-Description:
- (RW) Read or write the specific level at which the backlight
- operates. Value "0" enables automatic ambient light sensing, and
- values "1", "2" or "3" set the control to daylight, office or
- dark respectively.
+See also /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level and
+/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone.
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
index 33e6488..b08ca91 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+See also /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level and
+/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone.
+
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max
@@ -27,30 +30,3 @@
set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled.
This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for
this <ambient light zone>.
-
-What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
-Date: May 2011
-KernelVersion: 3.0
-Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
-Description:
- Get conversion value of the light sensor.
- This value is updated every 80 ms (when the light sensor
- is enabled). Returns integer between 0 (dark) and
- 8000 (max ambient brightness)
-
-What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
-Date: May 2011
-KernelVersion: 3.0
-Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
-Description:
- Get/Set current ambient light zone. Reading returns
- integer between 1..5 (1 = daylight, 2 = bright, ..., 5 = dark).
- Writing a value between 1..5 forces the backlight controller
- to enter the corresponding ambient light zone.
- Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level
- operation. The ambient light sensing feature on these devices
- is an extension to the API documented in
- Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight.
- It can be enabled by writing the value stored in
- /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to
- /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
index c0e0a9a..8251e78 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@
Get the ALS output channel used as input in
ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0)
- 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1)
+ == ==========================
+ 0 out_current0 (backlight 0)
+ 1 out_current1 (backlight 1)
+ == ==========================
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en
Date: May 2012
@@ -30,8 +32,10 @@
Description:
Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - exponential mode
- 1 - linear mode
+ == ================
+ 0 exponential mode
+ 1 linear mode
+ == ================
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm
Date: April 2012
@@ -40,9 +44,11 @@
Description:
Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where:
- bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
- bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
- bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
- bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
- bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
- bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
+ bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
index d773d56..5402bd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -24,7 +24,6 @@
filesystems which do not provide their own BDI.
Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
----------------------------------
read_ahead_kb (read-write)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
index 5819699..74ece94 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
@@ -17,13 +17,14 @@
KernelVersion: 4.2
Description:
Tell the EC to reboot in various ways. Options are:
- "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot.
- "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting.
- "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting.
- "cold": Cold reboot.
- "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot.
- "hibernate": Hibernate the EC.
- "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown.
+
+ - "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot.
+ - "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting.
+ - "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting.
+ - "cold": Cold reboot.
+ - "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot.
+ - "hibernate": Hibernate the EC.
+ - "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown.
What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/version
Date: August 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
index 7970e37..818f559 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -72,11 +72,16 @@
when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Only applicable when
running under hashed page table mmu.
Possible values:
- none: No prefaulting (default)
- work_element_descriptor: Treat the work element
- descriptor as an effective address and
- prefault what it points to.
- all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps.
+
+ ======================= ======================================
+ none No prefaulting (default)
+ work_element_descriptor Treat the work element
+ descriptor as an effective address and
+ prefault what it points to.
+ all all segments process calling
+ START_WORK maps.
+ ======================= ======================================
+
Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset
@@ -212,6 +217,7 @@
card. A power cycle is required to load the image.
"none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays
are preserved.
+
"user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or
user or factory image to be loaded.
Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has
@@ -235,8 +241,11 @@
Description: read/write
Trust that when an image is reloaded via PERST, it will not
have changed.
- 0 = don't trust, the image may be different (default)
- 1 = trust that the image will not change.
+
+ == =================================================
+ 0 don't trust, the image may be different (default)
+ 1 trust that the image will not change.
+ == =================================================
Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_timebase_synced
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
index deefffb..b8ebff4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
@@ -62,7 +62,8 @@
driver should provide the list of available frequencies
with its profile. If need to reset the statistics of devfreq
behavior on a specific device, enter 0(zero) to 'trans_stat'
- as following:
+ as following::
+
echo 0 > /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat
What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq
@@ -117,6 +118,7 @@
This work timer is used by devfreq workqueue in order to
monitor the device status such as utilization. The user
can change the work timer on runtime according to their demand
- as following:
+ as following::
+
echo deferrable > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer
echo delayed > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
index 64791b6..b662f74 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'consumer unbind'
- 'supplier unbind'
- 'never'
+ - 'consumer unbind'
+ - 'supplier unbind'
+ - 'never'
'consumer unbind' means the device link will be removed when
the consumer's driver is unbound from the consumer device.
@@ -49,8 +49,10 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- '0' - Does not affect runtime power management
- '1' - Affects runtime power management
+ === ========================================
+ '0' Does not affect runtime power management
+ '1' Affects runtime power management
+ === ========================================
What: /sys/class/devlink/.../status
Date: May 2020
@@ -68,13 +70,13 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'not tracked'
- 'dormant'
- 'available'
- 'consumer probing'
- 'active'
- 'supplier unbinding'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'not tracked'
+ - 'dormant'
+ - 'available'
+ - 'consumer probing'
+ - 'active'
+ - 'supplier unbinding'
+ - 'unknown'
'not tracked' means this device link does not track the status
and has no impact on the binding, unbinding and syncing the
@@ -114,8 +116,10 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
+ === ================================
'0'
- '1' - Affects runtime power management
+ '1' Affects runtime power management
+ === ================================
'0' means the device link can affect other device behaviors
like binding/unbinding, suspend/resume, runtime power
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
index 57a7262..fde0fec 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
@@ -39,19 +39,22 @@
callback.
If the default callback for showing function is used, the
- format is like this:
- # cat state
- USB_OTG=1
- HDMI=0
- TA=1
- EAR_JACK=0
- #
+ format is like this::
+
+ # cat state
+ USB_OTG=1
+ HDMI=0
+ TA=1
+ EAR_JACK=0
+ #
+
In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA
cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached.
In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex
- state number starting with 0x:
- # echo 0xHEX > state
+ state number starting with 0x::
+
+ # echo 0xHEX > state
This updates the whole state of the extcon device.
Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the
@@ -84,12 +87,13 @@
Description:
Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example,
if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is
- {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:
- # ls mutually_exclusive/
- 0x3
- 0x5
- 0xc
- #
+ {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is::
+
+ # ls mutually_exclusive/
+ 0x3
+ 0x5
+ 0xc
+ #
Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon
device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
index 5284fa3..d78689c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
@@ -28,8 +28,7 @@
* firmware request = firmware class request in progress
* firmware request error = firmware request failed
* write init = preparing FPGA for programming
- * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for
- programming
+ * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for programming
* write = FPGA ready to receive image data
* write error = Error while programming
* write complete = Doing post programming steps
@@ -47,7 +46,7 @@
programming errors to userspace. This is a list of strings for
the supported status.
- * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by
+ * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by
reconfiguration hardware.
e.g. start reconfiguration
with errors not cleared
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
index 2467b69..c8553d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
@@ -6,9 +6,11 @@
The GNSS receiver type. The currently identified types reflect
the protocol(s) supported by the receiver:
+ ====== ===========
"NMEA" NMEA 0183
"SiRF" SiRF Binary
"UBX" UBX
+ ====== ===========
Note that also non-"NMEA" type receivers typically support a
subset of NMEA 0183 with vendor extensions (e.g. to allow
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
index 5f67f7a..2e24ac3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -3,9 +3,26 @@
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Description:
- Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't
- have hardware brightness support, so will just be turned on for
- non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and
+ Set the brightness of the LED.
+
+ Most LEDs don't have hardware brightness support, so will
+ just be turned on for non-zero brightness settings.
+
+ .. Note::
+
+ For multicolor LEDs, writing to this file will update all
+ LEDs within the group to a calculated percentage of what
+ each color LED intensity is set to.
+
+ The percentage is calculated for each grouped LED via
+ the equation below::
+
+ led_brightness = brightness * multi_intensity/max_brightness
+
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
+
+ The value is between 0 and
/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
Writing 0 to this file clears active trigger.
@@ -13,6 +30,8 @@
Writing non-zero to this file while trigger is active changes the
top brightness trigger is going to use.
+
+
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness
Date: March 2006
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
@@ -47,10 +66,11 @@
Description:
Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source
of LED events.
+
You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
/sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. For
- their documentation see sysfs-class-led-trigger-*.
+ their documentation see `sysfs-class-led-trigger-*`.
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted
Date: January 2011
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
index f520ece..04f3ffd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
@@ -1,133 +1,3 @@
-What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern
-Date: September 2019
-KernelVersion: 5.5
-Description:
- Specify a hardware pattern for the EL15203000 LED.
- The LEDs board supports only predefined patterns by firmware
- for specific LEDs.
-
- Breathing mode for Screen frame light tube:
- "0 4000 1 4000"
-
- ^
- |
- Max-| ---
- | / \
- | / \
- | / \ /
- | / \ /
- Min-|- ---
- |
- 0------4------8--> time (sec)
-
- Cascade mode for Pipe LED:
- "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800"
-
- ^
- |
- 0 On -|----+ +----+ +---
- | | | | |
- Off-| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
- |
- 1 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off |----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
- |
- 2 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- |
- 3 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
- |
- 4 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
-
- Inverted cascade mode for Pipe LED:
- "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800"
-
- ^
- |
- 0 On -| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
- | | | | |
- Off-|----+ +----+ +---
- |
- 1 On -|----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
- | | | | |
- Off | +----+ +----+
- |
- 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 3 On -|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 4 On -|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
-
- Bounce mode for Pipe LED:
- "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800 16 800 8 800 4 800 2 800 1 800"
-
- ^
- |
- 0 On -|----+ +--------
- | | |
- Off-| +---------------------------------------+
- |
- 1 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off |----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
- |
- 2 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- |
- 3 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
- |
- 4 On -| +---------+
- | | |
- Off-|-------------------+ +-----------------------
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
-
- Inverted bounce mode for Pipe LED:
- "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800 15 800 23 800 27 800 29 800 30 800"
-
- ^
- |
- 0 On -| +---------------------------------------+
- | | |
- Off-|----+ +--------
- |
- 1 On -|----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
- | | | | |
- Off | +----+ +----+
- |
- 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 3 On -|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 4 On -|-------------------+ +-----------------------
- | | |
- Off-| +---------+
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
-
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat
Date: September 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
index e4c89b2..e38a835 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@
Set the ALS output channel to use as input in
ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where:
- 1 - out_current1
- 2 - out_current2
+ == ============
+ 1 out_current1
+ 2 out_current2
+ == ============
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en
Date: May 2012
@@ -24,14 +26,16 @@
Description:
Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where:
- 0 - 2048 us
- 1 - 262 ms
- 2 - 524 ms
- 3 - 1.049 s
- 4 - 2.097 s
- 5 - 4.194 s
- 6 - 8.389 s
- 7 - 16.78 s
+ == =======
+ 0 2048 us
+ 1 262 ms
+ 2 524 ms
+ 3 1.049 s
+ 4 2.097 s
+ 5 4.194 s
+ 6 8.389 s
+ 7 16.78 s
+ == =======
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id
Date: April 2012
@@ -47,8 +51,10 @@
Description:
Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - exponential mode
- 1 - linear mode
+ == ================
+ 0 exponential mode
+ 1 linear mode
+ == ================
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm
Date: April 2012
@@ -57,9 +63,11 @@
Description:
Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where:
- bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
- bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
- bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
- bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
- bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
- bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
+ bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx
deleted file mode 100644
index 45b1e60..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern
-Date: September 2018
-KernelVersion: 4.20
-Description:
- Specify a hardware pattern for the SC27XX LED. For the SC27XX
- LED controller, it only supports 4 stages to make a single
- hardware pattern, which is used to configure the rise time,
- high time, fall time and low time for the breathing mode.
-
- For the breathing mode, the SC27XX LED only expects one brightness
- for the high stage. To be compatible with the hardware pattern
- format, we should set brightness as 0 for rise stage, fall
- stage and low stage.
-
- Min stage duration: 125 ms
- Max stage duration: 31875 ms
-
- Since the stage duration step is 125 ms, the duration should be
- a multiplier of 125, like 125ms, 250ms, 375ms, 500ms ... 31875ms.
-
- Thus the format of the hardware pattern values should be:
- "0 rise_duration brightness high_duration 0 fall_duration 0 low_duration".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
index 220a0270..11e5677 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
@@ -55,26 +55,35 @@
Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible
flash faults:
- * led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+ * led-over-voltage
+ flash controller voltage to the flash LED
has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller
- * flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when
+ * flash-timeout-exceeded
+ the flash strobe was still on when
the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash
controllers may set this in all such conditions
- * controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has
+ * controller-over-temperature
+ the flash controller has
overheated
- * controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection
+ * controller-short-circuit
+ the short circuit protection
of the flash controller has been triggered
- * led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power
+ * led-power-supply-over-current
+ current in the LED power
supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
controller
- * indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected
+ * indicator-led-fault
+ the flash controller has detected
a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED
- * led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash
+ * led-under-voltage
+ flash controller voltage to the flash
LED has been below the minimum limit specific to
the flash
- * controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash
+ * controller-under-voltage
+ the input voltage of the flash
controller is below the limit under which strobing the
flash at full current will not be possible;
the condition persists until this flag is no longer set
- * led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded
+ * led-over-temperature
+ the temperature of the LED has exceeded
its allowed upper limit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor
index eeeddcb..16fc827 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor
@@ -1,20 +1,3 @@
-What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness
-Date: March 2020
-KernelVersion: 5.9
-Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
-Description: read/write
- Writing to this file will update all LEDs within the group to a
- calculated percentage of what each color LED intensity is set
- to. The percentage is calculated for each grouped LED via the
- equation below:
-
- led_brightness = brightness * multi_intensity/max_brightness
-
- For additional details please refer to
- Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
-
- The value of the LED is from 0 to
- /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_index
Date: March 2020
@@ -25,6 +8,9 @@
as an array of strings as they are indexed in the
multi_intensity file.
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
+
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_intensity
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion: 5.9
@@ -33,3 +19,6 @@
This file contains array of integers. Order of components is
described by the multi_index array. The maximum intensity should
not exceed /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
+
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
index 451af6d..6465409 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
@@ -19,18 +19,23 @@
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal the link state of the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off.
+
If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state
of the named network device.
Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state.
+
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/tx
Date: Dec 2017
KernelVersion: 4.16
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal transmission of data on the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on transmission.
+
If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified
in interval to signal transmission.
@@ -40,6 +45,8 @@
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal reception of data on the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on reception.
+
If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified
in interval to signal reception.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
index bd92ef9..d91a077 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
Since different LED hardware can have different semantics of
hardware patterns, each driver is expected to provide its own
- description for the hardware patterns in their ABI documentation
- file.
+ description for the hardware patterns in their documentation
+ file at Documentation/leds/.
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat
Date: September 2018
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
index f440e69..eb81152 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
@@ -8,5 +8,6 @@
selected for the USB port trigger. Selecting ports makes trigger
observing them for any connected devices and lighting on LED if
there are any.
+
Echoing "1" value selects USB port. Echoing "0" unselects it.
Current state can be also read.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
index 6adab27..b57ffb2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@
of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as
well. Possible values are:
- 0 - normal
- 1 - audio
- 2 - breathing
+ == =========
+ 0 normal
+ 1 audio
+ 2 breathing
+ == =========
Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled
Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
index 6ef6826..bd0e780 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
@@ -41,24 +41,33 @@
When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel
MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that
will be read are:
- "ready" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On
- reading this entry after an OSPM resume, a "boot" has to be
- written to this entry if the card was previously shutdown
- during OSPM suspend.
- "booting" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS.
- "online" - The MIC device has completed boot and is online
- "shutting_down" - The card OS is shutting down.
- "resetting" - A reset has been initiated for the MIC device
- "reset_failed" - The MIC device has failed to reset.
+
+
+ =============== ===============================================
+ "ready" The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS.
+ On reading this entry after an OSPM resume,
+ a "boot" has to be written to this entry if
+ the card was previously shutdown during OSPM
+ suspend.
+ "booting" The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS.
+ "online" The MIC device has completed boot and is online
+ "shutting_down" The card OS is shutting down.
+ "resetting" A reset has been initiated for the MIC device
+ "reset_failed" The MIC device has failed to reset.
+ =============== ===============================================
When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change
operations depending upon the current state of the card OS.
Acceptable values are:
- "boot" - Boot the card OS image specified by the combination
- of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode
- sysfs entries.
- "reset" - Initiates device reset.
- "shutdown" - Initiates card OS shutdown.
+
+
+ ========== ===================================================
+ "boot" Boot the card OS image specified by the combination
+ of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode
+ sysfs entries.
+ "reset" Initiates device reset.
+ "shutdown" Initiates card OS shutdown.
+ ========== ===================================================
What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status
Date: October 2013
@@ -69,12 +78,15 @@
OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this
entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown.
Possible values are:
- "nop" - shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS is
- "online"
- "crashed" - Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash.
- "halted" - Shutdown because of a halt command.
- "poweroff" - Shutdown because of a poweroff command.
- "restart" - Shutdown because of a restart command.
+
+ ========== ===================================================
+ "nop" shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS
+ is "online"
+ "crashed" Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash.
+ "halted" Shutdown because of a halt command.
+ "poweroff" Shutdown because of a poweroff command.
+ "restart" Shutdown because of a restart command.
+ ========== ===================================================
What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline
Date: October 2013
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
index 3b40457..1f2002d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -4,10 +4,13 @@
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are:
- 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
- 2: predictably named by the kernel
- 3: named by userspace
- 4: renamed
+
+ == ==========================================================
+ 1 enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
+ 2 predictably named by the kernel
+ 3 named by userspace
+ 4 renamed
+ == ==========================================================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type
Date: July 2010
@@ -15,10 +18,13 @@
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are:
- 0: permanent address
- 1: randomly generated
- 2: stolen from another device
- 3: set using dev_set_mac_address
+
+ == =============================
+ 0 permanent address
+ 1 randomly generated
+ 2 stolen from another device
+ 3 set using dev_set_mac_address
+ == =============================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len
Date: April 2005
@@ -51,9 +57,12 @@
Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames.
Restricted bits:
- 0: 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP
- 1: 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE
- 2: 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 0 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP
+ 1 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE
+ 2 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad
+ == ========================================================
Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special
care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP.
@@ -74,8 +83,11 @@
Description:
Indicates the current physical link state of the interface.
Posssible values are:
- 0: physical link is down
- 1: physical link is up
+
+ == =====================
+ 0 physical link is down
+ 1 physical link is up
+ == =====================
Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will
allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for
@@ -131,21 +143,27 @@
Description:
Indicates whether the interface is under test. Possible
values are:
- 0: interface is not being tested
- 1: interface is being tested
+
+ == =============================
+ 0 interface is not being tested
+ 1 interface is being tested
+ == =============================
When an interface is under test, it cannot be expected
to pass packets as normal.
-What: /sys/clas/net/<iface>/duplex
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/duplex
Date: October 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.33
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible
values are:
- half: half duplex
- full: full duplex
+
+ ==== ===========
+ half half duplex
+ full full duplex
+ ==== ===========
Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet).
@@ -196,8 +214,11 @@
Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This
attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute
to determine the interface usability. Possible values:
- 0: default link mode
- 1: dormant link mode
+
+ == =================
+ 0 default link mode
+ 1 dormant link mode
+ == =================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu
Date: April 2005
@@ -226,7 +247,9 @@
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string.
+
Possible values are:
+
"unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing",
"dormant", "up".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
index f7be0e8..06416d0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@
KernelVersion: 3.16
Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Description:
- Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
- Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
- Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
+ - Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
+ - Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
+ - Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize
Date: May 2014
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
index 206cbf5..40ced0e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
@@ -35,7 +35,9 @@
Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string.
This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the
appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware.
+
Possible values are:
+
<empty> (not available), mii, gmii, sgmii, tbi, rev-mii,
rmii, rgmii, rgmii-id, rgmii-rxid, rgmii-txid, rtbi, smii
xgmii, moca, qsgmii, trgmii, 1000base-x, 2500base-x, rxaui,
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
index ae1276e..847a7ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
@@ -11,8 +11,11 @@
Description: read only
Number of contexts for the AFU, in the format <n>/<max>
where:
- n: number of currently active contexts, for debug
- max: maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU
+
+ ==== ===============================================
+ n number of currently active contexts, for debug
+ max maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU
+ ==== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/pp_mmio_size
Date: January 2018
@@ -40,7 +43,9 @@
Description: read/write
Control whether the FPGA is reloaded on a link reset. Enabled
through a vendor-specific logic block on the FPGA.
- 0 Do not reload FPGA image from flash
- 1 Reload FPGA image from flash
- unavailable
- The device does not support this capability
+
+ =========== ===========================================
+ 0 Do not reload FPGA image from flash
+ 1 Reload FPGA image from flash
+ unavailable The device does not support this capability
+ =========== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
index dde4f26..ba1ce62 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
@@ -11,15 +11,17 @@
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
- add: (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to
+ ========== ==============================================
+ add (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to
create a new pktcdvd device and map it to the
block device.
- remove: (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
+ remove (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
to remove the pktcdvd device.
- device_map: (RO) Shows the device mapping in format:
+ device_map (RO) Shows the device mapping in format:
pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
+ ========== ==============================================
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/dev
@@ -65,29 +67,31 @@
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
- size: (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue.
+ ============== ================================================
+ size (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue.
- congestion_off: (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark,
+ congestion_off (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark,
accept new bio requests from the block layer.
- congestion_on: (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this
+ congestion_on (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this
mark, do no longer accept bio write requests
from the block layer and wait till the pktcdvd
device has processed enough bio's so that bio
write queue size is below congestion off mark.
A value of <= 0 disables congestion control.
+ ============== ================================================
Example:
--------
-To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:
+To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do::
-# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
-echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
-cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
-# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
-cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
-# print the device id of the mapped block device
-fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
-# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
-echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
+ # create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
+ echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+ cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+ # assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
+ cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
+ # print the device id of the mapped block device
+ fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+ # remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
+ echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
index dbccb2f..ca830c6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-===== General Properties =====
+**General Properties**
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacturer
Date: May 2007
@@ -36,14 +36,238 @@
Access: Read
Valid values: "Battery", "UPS", "Mains", "USB", "Wireless"
-===== Battery Properties =====
+**Battery and USB properties**
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over
+ a fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval
+ in which they average readings to smooth out the reported
+ value.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period.
+ Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they
+ average readings to smooth out the reported value.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are
+ used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging
+ batteries and for USB IBUS current.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the
+ battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally
+ read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
+ is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
+ within the reported min/max range.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are
+ used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging
+ batteries and for USB IBUS current.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would
+ normally be the internal temperature of the device itself
+ (e.g TJUNC temperature of an IC)
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
+ notify user-space of the event.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply
+ will notify user-space of the event.
+
+ This is normally used for the charging scenario where
+ user-space needs to know if the temperature has crossed an
+ upper threshold so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning
+ user that the temperature is critically high, and charging has
+ stopped).
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ Battery:
+
+ Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
+ notify user-space of the event.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply
+ will notify user-space of the event.
+
+ This is normally used for the charging scenario where user-space
+ needs to know if the temperature has crossed a lower threshold
+ so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that
+ temperature level is high, and charging current has been
+ reduced accordingly to remedy the situation).
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
+ charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
+ charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the minimum allowed supply temperature for operation.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max,
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the
+ battery, during charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min,
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the
+ battery, during discharging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now,
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the
+ battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally
+ read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
+ is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
+ within the reported min/max range.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+**Battery Properties**
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity
Date: May 2007
Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Fine grain representation of battery capacity.
+
Access: Read
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_max
@@ -58,6 +282,7 @@
low).
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_min
@@ -72,6 +297,7 @@
critically low).
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_error_margin
@@ -87,6 +313,7 @@
completely useless.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_level
@@ -96,41 +323,11 @@
Coarse representation of battery capacity.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High",
"Full"
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over a
- fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in
- which they average readings to smooth out the reported value.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are used
- for discharging batteries, positive values for charging batteries.
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max
-Date: October 2010
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the battery.
- This value is not averaged/smoothed.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are used
- for discharging batteries, positive values for charging batteries.
-
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit
Date: Oct 2012
Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
@@ -139,6 +336,7 @@
throttling for thermal cooling or improving battery health.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit_max
@@ -148,6 +346,7 @@
Maximum legal value for the charge_control_limit property.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_start_threshold
@@ -168,6 +367,7 @@
stop.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_type
@@ -183,7 +383,9 @@
different algorithm.
Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard",
"Adaptive", "Custom"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_term_current
@@ -194,6 +396,7 @@
when the battery is considered full and charging should end.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/health
@@ -204,7 +407,9 @@
functionality.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead",
"Over voltage", "Unspecified failure", "Cold",
"Watchdog timer expire", "Safety timer expire",
"Over current", "Calibration required", "Warm",
@@ -218,6 +423,7 @@
for a battery charge cycle.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/present
@@ -227,9 +433,13 @@
Reports whether a battery is present or not in the system.
Access: Read
+
Valid values:
+
+ == =======
0: Absent
1: Present
+ == =======
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/status
Date: May 2007
@@ -240,7 +450,9 @@
used to enable/disable charging to the battery.
Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging",
"Not charging", "Full"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/technology
@@ -250,66 +462,11 @@
Describes the battery technology supported by the supply.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe",
"NiCd", "LiMn"
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
-Date: July 2012
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
- notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
- battery charging scenario where user-space needs to know the
- battery temperature has crossed an upper threshold so it can
- take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is
- critically high, and charging has stopped).
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
-Date: July 2012
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
- notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
- battery charging scenario where user-space needs to know the
- battery temperature has crossed a lower threshold so it can take
- appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is
- high, and charging current has been reduced accordingly to
- remedy the situation).
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
-Date: July 2014
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
- charging.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
-Date: July 2014
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
- charging.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_avg,
Date: May 2007
@@ -320,72 +477,10 @@
which they average readings to smooth out the reported value.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max,
-Date: January 2008
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the battery,
- during charging.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min,
-Date: January 2008
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the battery,
- during discharging.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now,
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the battery.
- This value is not averaged/smoothed.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-===== USB Properties =====
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period.
- Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they
- average readings to smooth out the reported value.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
-
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max
-Date: October 2010
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally
- read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
- is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
- within the reported min/max range.
-
- Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
+**USB Properties**
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_current_limit
Date: July 2014
@@ -399,6 +494,7 @@
solved using power limit use input_current_limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_voltage_limit
@@ -416,6 +512,7 @@
solved using power limit use input_voltage_limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_power_limit
@@ -429,6 +526,7 @@
limit only for problems that can be solved using power limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microwatts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/online,
@@ -441,69 +539,14 @@
USB supply so voltage and current can be controlled).
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values:
+
+ == ==================================================
0: Offline
1: Online Fixed - Fixed Voltage Supply
2: Online Programmable - Programmable Voltage Supply
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would
- normally be the internal temperature of the device itself (e.g
- TJUNC temperature of an IC)
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
-Date: July 2012
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
- notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
- charging scenario where user-space needs to know the supply
- temperature has crossed an upper threshold so it can take
- appropriate action (e.g. warning user that the supply
- temperature is critically high, and charging has stopped to
- remedy the situation).
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
-Date: July 2012
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
- notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
- charging scenario where user-space needs to know the supply
- temperature has crossed a lower threshold so it can take
- appropriate action (e.g. warning user that the supply
- temperature is high, and charging current has been reduced
- accordingly to remedy the situation).
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
-Date: July 2014
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
-Date: July 2014
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the mainimum allowed supply temperature for operation.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+ == ==================================================
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/usb_type
Date: March 2018
@@ -514,40 +557,12 @@
is attached.
Access: Read-Only
- Valid values: "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD",
"PD_DRP", "PD_PPS", "BrickID"
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max
-Date: January 2008
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min
-Date: January 2008
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally
- read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
- is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
- within the reported min/max range.
-
- Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-===== Device Specific Properties =====
+**Device Specific Properties**
What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now
Date: May 2010
@@ -581,6 +596,7 @@
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 5, 6 or 7 (hours),
- 0: disabled.
@@ -595,6 +611,7 @@
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down)
- 0: disabled.
@@ -609,6 +626,7 @@
interrupt and start top-off charging mode.
Valid values:
+
- 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down)
- 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down)
- 0: disabled.
@@ -624,6 +642,7 @@
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage
@@ -637,6 +656,7 @@
device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000,
10500000 (all uV)
@@ -652,6 +672,7 @@
lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000,
4760000 (all uV)
@@ -666,6 +687,7 @@
the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 1: enabled
- 0: disabled
@@ -681,6 +703,7 @@
from the system. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 1: enabled
- 0: disabled
@@ -692,6 +715,7 @@
manufactured.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Reported as integer
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_month
@@ -701,6 +725,7 @@
Reports the month when the device has been manufactured.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: 1-12
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_day
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
index 327a07e..914d67c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
@@ -5,4 +5,5 @@
Represents a battery impedance compensation to accelerate charging.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in milli-ohms. Valid range is [0, 140].
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
index b4fd32d..b52f702 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
@@ -4,18 +4,20 @@
Writing to this can disable charging.
Possible values are:
- "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected
- power source and battery status.
- "off" - do not draw any power.
- "continuous"
- - activate mode described as "linear" in
- TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
- current is available and doesn't switch off
- when voltage drops.
- This is useful for unstable power sources
- such as bicycle dynamo, but care should
- be taken that battery is not over-charged.
+ ============= ===========================================
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
+ "continuous" activate mode described as "linear" in
+ TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
+ current is available and doesn't switch off
+ when voltage drops.
+
+ This is useful for unstable power sources
+ such as bicycle dynamo, but care should
+ be taken that battery is not over-charged.
+ ============= ===========================================
What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/mode
Description:
@@ -23,6 +25,9 @@
Writing to this can disable charging.
Possible values are:
- "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected
- power source and battery status.
- "off" - do not draw any power.
+
+ ====== ===========================================
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
+ ====== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
index 84fde1d..82af180 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
@@ -4,17 +4,23 @@
Description:
What charging algorithm to use:
- Standard: Fully charges battery at a standard rate.
- Adaptive: Battery settings adaptively optimized based on
+ Standard:
+ Fully charges battery at a standard rate.
+ Adaptive:
+ Battery settings adaptively optimized based on
typical battery usage pattern.
- Fast: Battery charges over a shorter period.
- Trickle: Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who
+ Fast:
+ Battery charges over a shorter period.
+ Trickle:
+ Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who
primarily use their Chromebook while connected to AC.
- Custom: A low and high threshold percentage is specified.
+ Custom:
+ A low and high threshold percentage is specified.
Charging begins when level drops below
charge_control_start_threshold, and ceases when
level is above charge_control_end_threshold.
- Long Life: Customized charge rate for last longer battery life.
+ Long Life:
+ Customized charge rate for last longer battery life.
On Wilco device this mode is pre-configured in the factory
through EC's private PID. Swiching to a different mode will
be denied by Wilco EC when Long Life mode is enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
index 8716bee..19aefb2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
The /sys/class/rapidio_port subdirectory contains individual
subdirectories named as "rapidioN" where N = mport ID registered
with RapidIO subsystem.
+
NOTE: An mport ID is not a RapidIO destination ID assigned to a
given local mport device.
@@ -16,7 +17,9 @@
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
Description:
(RO) reports RapidIO common transport system size:
+
0 = small (8-bit destination ID, max. 256 devices),
+
1 = large (16-bit destination ID, max. 65536 devices).
What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/port_destid
@@ -25,31 +28,32 @@
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
Description:
- (RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given
- RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means
- that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport
- (yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed
- only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID
- assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter.
+
+(RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given
+RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means
+that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport
+(yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed
+only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID
+assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter.
After enumeration or discovery was performed for a given mport device,
the corresponding subdirectory will also contain subdirectories for each
child RapidIO device connected to the mport.
The example below shows mport device subdirectory with several child RapidIO
-devices attached to it.
+devices attached to it::
-[rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l
-total 0
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005
-lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid
-drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power
-lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size
--rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent
+ [rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l
+ total 0
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005
+ lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power
+ lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
index 6c0d6c8..9c8ff79 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
@@ -21,15 +21,22 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Reading this file returns a list of available protocols,
- something like:
+ something like::
+
"rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]"
+
Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets.
+
Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled
protocols.
+
Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled
protocols.
+
Writing "proto" will enable only "proto".
+
Writing "none" will disable all protocols.
+
Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
unknown protocol name is used.
@@ -39,11 +46,13 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode filter expected value.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the
expected value of the bits set in the filter mask.
If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask
@@ -56,9 +65,11 @@
of the scancode which should be compared against the expected
value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid
scancodes to be processed.
+
If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols
@@ -67,15 +78,22 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use
- for the wakeup filter, something like:
+ for the wakeup filter, something like::
+
"rc-5 nec nec-x rc-6-0 rc-6-6a-24 [rc-6-6a-32] rc-6-mce"
+
Note that protocol variants are listed, so "nec", "sony",
"rc-5", "rc-6" have their different bit length encodings
listed if available.
+
The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets.
+
Only one protocol can be selected at a time.
+
Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events.
+
Writing "none" will disable wakeup.
+
Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by
the hardware.
@@ -86,13 +104,17 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to
set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask
to trigger a system wake event.
+
If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
suspend to RAM or power off.
+
Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask
@@ -101,11 +123,15 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set
the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the
expected value to trigger a system wake event.
+
If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
suspend to RAM or power off.
+
Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
index bc578bc..8516f08 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- off
- on
- error
- fast
- normal
- idle
- standby
+ - off
+ - on
+ - error
+ - fast
+ - normal
+ - idle
+ - standby
"off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the
system.
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'voltage'
- 'current'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'voltage'
+ - 'current'
+ - 'unknown'
'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled
by software.
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@
The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
- 'fast'
- 'normal'
- 'idle'
- 'standby'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'fast'
+ - 'normal'
+ - 'idle'
+ - 'standby'
+ - 'unknown'
The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
@@ -360,9 +360,9 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'enabled'
- 'disabled'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'enabled'
+ - 'disabled'
+ - 'unknown'
'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
index 066b9b6..0c9ee55 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@
Reports the state of the remote processor, which will be one of:
- "offline"
- "suspended"
- "running"
- "crashed"
- "invalid"
+ - "offline"
+ - "suspended"
+ - "running"
+ - "crashed"
+ - "invalid"
"offline" means the remote processor is powered off.
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
Writing this file controls the state of the remote processor.
The following states can be written:
- "start"
- "stop"
+ - "start"
+ - "stop"
Writing "start" will attempt to start the processor running the
firmware indicated by, or written to,
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client
index c084f20..00c0286 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client
@@ -5,62 +5,70 @@
Description: Provide information about RNBD-client.
All sysfs files that are not read-only provide the usage information on read:
- Example:
- # cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device
+ Example::
- > Usage: echo "sessname=<name of the rtrs session> path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>
- > [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>] device_path=<full path on remote side>
- > [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] > map_device
- >
- > addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4> | ip:<ipv6> | gid:<gid> ]
+ # cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device
+
+ > Usage: echo "sessname=<name of the rtrs session> path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>
+ > [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>] device_path=<full path on remote side>
+ > [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] > map_device
+ >
+ > addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4> | ip:<ipv6> | gid:<gid> ]
What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device
Date: Feb 2020
KernelVersion: 5.7
Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
-Description: Expected format is the following:
+Description: Expected format is the following::
- sessname=<name of the rtrs session>
- path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> ...]
- device_path=<full path on remote side>
- [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>]
+ sessname=<name of the rtrs session>
+ path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> ...]
+ device_path=<full path on remote side>
+ [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>]
Where:
- sessname: accepts a string not bigger than 256 chars, which identifies
- a given session on the client and on the server.
- I.e. "clt_hostname-srv_hostname" could be a natural choice.
+ sessname:
+ accepts a string not bigger than 256 chars, which identifies
+ a given session on the client and on the server.
+ I.e. "clt_hostname-srv_hostname" could be a natural choice.
- path: describes a connection between the client and the server by
- specifying destination and, when required, the source address.
- The addresses are to be provided in the following format:
+ path:
+ describes a connection between the client and the server by
+ specifying destination and, when required, the source address.
+ The addresses are to be provided in the following format::
- ip:<IPv6>
- ip:<IPv4>
- gid:<GID>
+ ip:<IPv6>
+ ip:<IPv4>
+ gid:<GID>
- for example:
+ for example::
- path=ip:10.0.0.66
+ path=ip:10.0.0.66
+
The single addr is treated as the destination.
The connection will be established to this server from any client IP address.
- path=ip:10.0.0.66,ip:10.0.1.66
+ ::
+
+ path=ip:10.0.0.66,ip:10.0.1.66
+
First addr is the source address and the second is the destination.
If multiple "path=" options are specified multiple connection
will be established and data will be sent according to
the selected multipath policy (see RTRS mp_policy sysfs entry description).
- device_path: Path to the block device on the server side. Path is specified
- relative to the directory on server side configured in the
- 'dev_search_path' module parameter of the rnbd_server.
- The rnbd_server prepends the <device_path> received from client
- with <dev_search_path> and tries to open the
- <dev_search_path>/<device_path> block device. On success,
- a /dev/rnbd<N> device file, a /sys/block/rnbd_client/rnbd<N>/
- directory and an entry in /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices
- will be created.
+ device_path:
+ Path to the block device on the server side. Path is specified
+ relative to the directory on server side configured in the
+ 'dev_search_path' module parameter of the rnbd_server.
+ The rnbd_server prepends the <device_path> received from client
+ with <dev_search_path> and tries to open the
+ <dev_search_path>/<device_path> block device. On success,
+ a /dev/rnbd<N> device file, a /sys/block/rnbd_client/rnbd<N>/
+ directory and an entry in /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices
+ will be created.
If 'dev_search_path' contains '%SESSNAME%', then each session can
have different devices namespace, e.g. server was configured with
@@ -68,11 +76,12 @@
client has this string "sessname=blya device_path=sda", then server
will try to open: /run/rnbd-devs/blya/sda.
- access_mode: the access_mode parameter specifies if the device is to be
- mapped as "ro" read-only or "rw" read-write. The server allows
- a device to be exported in rw mode only once. The "migration"
- access mode has to be specified if a second mapping in read-write
- mode is desired.
+ access_mode:
+ the access_mode parameter specifies if the device is to be
+ mapped as "ro" read-only or "rw" read-write. The server allows
+ a device to be exported in rw mode only once. The "migration"
+ access mode has to be specified if a second mapping in read-write
+ mode is desired.
By default "rw" is used.
@@ -91,7 +100,7 @@
is the same as the device name. By extracting the last part of the
path the path to the device /dev/<dev-name> can be build.
- o /dev/block/$(cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>/dev)
+ * /dev/block/$(cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>/dev)
How to find the <device_id> of the device is described on the next
section.
@@ -106,6 +115,6 @@
The <device_id> of each device is created as follows:
- If the 'device_path' provided during mapping contains slashes ("/"),
- they are replaced by exclamation mark ("!") and used as as the
- <device_id>. Otherwise, the <device_id> will be the same as the
- "device_path" provided.
+ they are replaced by exclamation mark ("!") and used as as the
+ <device_id>. Otherwise, the <device_id> will be the same as the
+ "device_path" provided.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
index ec950c9..ee8ed64 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock.
Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value
by adding to it the value of this attribute.
+
The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of
30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock)
Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client
index e7e718d..0f7165a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client
@@ -10,10 +10,10 @@
KernelVersion: 5.7
Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
Description: RW, adds a new path (connection) to an existing session. Expected format is the
- following:
+ following::
- <[source addr,]destination addr>
- *addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4|ipv6> | gid:<gid> ]
+ <[source addr,]destination addr>
+ *addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4|ipv6> | gid:<gid> ]
What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/max_reconnect_attempts
Date: Feb 2020
@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
Description: Multipath policy specifies which path should be selected on each IO:
round-robin (0):
- select path in per CPU round-robin manner.
+ select path in per CPU round-robin manner.
min-inflight (1):
- select path with minimum inflights.
+ select path with minimum inflights.
What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/
Date: Feb 2020
@@ -109,8 +109,11 @@
not the case, the processing of an I/O response could be processed on a
different CPU than where it was originally submitted. This file shows
how many interrupts where generated on a non expected CPU.
- "from:" is the CPU on which the IRQ was expected, but not generated.
- "to:" is the CPU on which the IRQ was generated, but not expected.
+
+ "from:"
+ is the CPU on which the IRQ was expected, but not generated.
+ "to:"
+ is the CPU on which the IRQ was generated, but not expected.
What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reconnects
Date: Feb 2020
@@ -125,7 +128,7 @@
KernelVersion: 5.7
Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations.
- The output consists of 6 values:
+ The output consists of 6 values::
- <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> <write-total-size> \
- <inflights> <failovered>
+ <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> \
+ <write-total-size> <inflights> <failovered>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
index bafc59f..7c98d8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
@@ -56,8 +56,9 @@
management) on top, which makes it match the Windows IRST (Intel
Rapid Storage Technology) driver settings. This setting is also
close to min_power, except that:
+
a) It does not use host-initiated slumber mode, but it does
- allow device-initiated slumber
+ allow device-initiated slumber
b) It does not enable low power device sleep mode (DevSlp).
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message
@@ -70,8 +71,8 @@
protocol, writes and reads correspond to the LED message format
as defined in the AHCI spec.
- The user must turn sw_activity (under /sys/block/*/device/) OFF
- it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message
+ The user must turn sw_activity (under `/sys/block/*/device/`)
+ OFF it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message
file.
em_message_type: (RO) Displays the current enclosure management
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
index b834671..b7794e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
@@ -40,10 +40,13 @@
attribute will not return until the operation has finished.
Valid values:
- - source (The port will behave as source only DFP port)
- - sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port)
- - dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and
+
+ ====== ==============================================
+ source (The port will behave as source only DFP port)
+ sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port)
+ dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and
dual-role-power port)
+ ====== ==============================================
What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/vconn_source
Date: April 2017
@@ -59,6 +62,7 @@
generates uevent KOBJ_CHANGE.
Valid values:
+
- "no" when the port is not the VCONN Source
- "yes" when the port is the VCONN Source
@@ -72,6 +76,7 @@
power operation mode should show "usb_power_delivery".
Valid values:
+
- default
- 1.5A
- 3.0A
@@ -191,6 +196,7 @@
Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
Description:
Shows type of the plug on the cable:
+
- type-a - Standard A
- type-b - Standard B
- type-c
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
index a057875..6c5dcad 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
@@ -66,11 +66,14 @@
<channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of:
- 0 - scan
- 1 - scan outside BP
- 2 - scan while inactive
- 3 - scanning disabled
- 4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+
+ == =======================================
+ 0 scan
+ 1 scan outside BP
+ 2 scan while inactive
+ 3 scanning disabled
+ 4 scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+ == =======================================
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
Date: July 2008
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
index 9860a8b..585caec 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
@@ -91,10 +91,13 @@
h/w strapping (for WDT2 only).
At alternate flash the 'access_cs0' sysfs node provides:
- ast2400: a way to get access to the primary SPI flash
+
+ ast2400:
+ a way to get access to the primary SPI flash
chip at CS0 after booting from the alternate
chip at CS1.
- ast2500: a way to restore the normal address mapping
+ ast2500:
+ a way to restore the normal address mapping
from (CS0->CS1, CS1->CS0) to (CS0->CS0,
CS1->CS1).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
index a9f2b8b..d173906 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -9,9 +9,10 @@
the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the
corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
- Example:
- $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
- ../../block/sdc
+ Example::
+
+ $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+ ../../block/sdc
Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
index 490ccfd..8d202ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
@@ -8,26 +8,27 @@
block.
For example, on 4-die Xeon platform with up to 6 IIO stacks per
die and, therefore, 6 IIO PMON blocks per die, the mapping of
- IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following:
+ IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following::
- $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
- -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0
- -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1
- -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2
- -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3
+ $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3
- $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
- ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <==
- 0000:00
- ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <==
- 0000:40
- ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <==
- 0000:80
- ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <==
- 0000:c0
+ $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <==
+ 0000:00
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <==
+ 0000:40
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <==
+ 0000:80
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <==
+ 0000:c0
- Which means:
- IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000
- IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000
- IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000
- IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000
+ Which means::
+
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
index deef3b5..2da2b1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -47,16 +47,19 @@
online/offline state of the memory section. When written,
root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
memory section (see removable file description above)
- using the following commands.
- # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
- # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ using the following commands::
+
+ # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
contains a value of 1 and
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
string "online" the following command can be executed by
- by root to offline that section.
- # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+ by root to offline that section::
+
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
@@ -78,6 +81,7 @@
For example, the following symbolic link is created for
memory section 9 on node0:
+
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
@@ -90,4 +94,5 @@
points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
+
/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
index 7e43cdc..f7b360a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
(RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by
the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2):
+ ======= ======================================================
BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set
BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set
BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set
@@ -16,6 +17,7 @@
BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set
BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set
BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set
+ ======= ======================================================
The other bits are reserved.
@@ -62,9 +64,11 @@
timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2,
Section 9.18.5):
+ ======= ======================================================
Bit(0): The timer has expired if set.
Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state
(S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set.
+ ======= ======================================================
The other bits are reserved.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
index d548eaa..40f29a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
@@ -3,8 +3,9 @@
Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com>
Description:
Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget.
- 1 -> suspended
- 0 -> resumed
+
+ - 1 -> suspended
+ - 0 -> resumed
(_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver)
@@ -17,5 +18,6 @@
Storage mode.
Possible values are:
- 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
- 0 -> obey the FUA flag
+
+ - 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
+ - 0 -> obey the FUA flag
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
index 8aa3671..378c426 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
@@ -9,8 +9,10 @@
The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
writes or both.
The result is:
- 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
- 1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+
+ - 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
+ - 1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+
Users: None identified so far.
What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key
@@ -27,8 +29,12 @@
Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed
through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked.
Possible values are:
+
- 8 bytes
+
Typical values are:
+
- "00000000"
- "12345678"
+
Users: None identified so far.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
index afb5db8..07df0dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
@@ -123,38 +123,40 @@
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Description:
- idles: (RO) Number of times the interface was
+ ====================== ========================================
+ idles (RO) Number of times the interface was
idle while being polled.
- watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
+ watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
- complete_transactions: (RO) Number of completed messages.
+ complete_transactions (RO) Number of completed messages.
- events: (RO) Number of IPMI events received from
+ events (RO) Number of IPMI events received from
the hardware.
- interrupts: (RO) Number of interrupts the driver
+ interrupts (RO) Number of interrupts the driver
handled.
- hosed_count: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
+ hosed_count (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
follow the state machine.
- long_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ long_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver
requested a timer while nothing was in
progress.
- flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ flag_fetches (RO) Number of times the driver
requested flags from the hardware.
- attentions: (RO) Number of time the driver got an
+ attentions (RO) Number of time the driver got an
ATTN from the hardware.
- incoming_messages: (RO) Number of asynchronous messages
+ incoming_messages (RO) Number of asynchronous messages
received.
- short_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ short_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver
requested a timer while an operation was
in progress.
+ ====================== ========================================
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled
@@ -201,38 +203,40 @@
KernelVersion: v4.15
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Description:
- hosed: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
+ ====================== ========================================
+ hosed (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
follow the state machine.
- alerts: (RO) Number of alerts received.
+ alerts (RO) Number of alerts received.
- sent_messages: (RO) Number of total messages sent.
+ sent_messages (RO) Number of total messages sent.
- sent_message_parts: (RO) Number of message parts sent.
+ sent_message_parts (RO) Number of message parts sent.
Messages may be broken into parts if
they are long.
- received_messages: (RO) Number of message responses
+ received_messages (RO) Number of message responses
received.
- received_message_parts: (RO) Number of message fragments
+ received_message_parts (RO) Number of message fragments
received.
- events: (RO) Number of received events.
+ events (RO) Number of received events.
- watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
+ watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
- flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was
+ flag_fetches (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was
requested.
- send_retries: (RO) Number of time a message was
+ send_retries (RO) Number of time a message was
retried.
- receive_retries: (RO) Number of times the receive of a
+ receive_retries (RO) Number of times the receive of a
message was retried.
- send_errors: (RO) Number of times the send of a
+ send_errors (RO) Number of times the send of a
message failed.
- receive_errors: (RO) Number of errors in receiving
+ receive_errors (RO) Number of errors in receiving
messages.
+ ====================== ========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
index 2107082..e45ac2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
to overlay planes.
Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values
- are
+ are:
- 0 - Alpha Blending
- 1 - ROP3
+ - 0 - Alpha Blending
+ - 1 - ROP3
What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position
Date: May 2012
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
to overlay planes.
Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The
- position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'.
+ position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+`.
What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3
Date: May 2012
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu
index a8daceb..ee253b0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu
@@ -102,6 +102,8 @@
b[15:0]
inform firmware the current software execution
stage.
+
+ == ===========================================
0 the first stage bootloader didn't run or
didn't reach the point of launching second
stage bootloader.
@@ -111,21 +113,29 @@
2 both first and second stage bootloader ran
and the operating system launch was
attempted.
+ == ===========================================
b[16]
+ == ===========================================
1 firmware to reset current image retry
counter.
0 no action.
+ == ===========================================
b[17]
+ == ===========================================
1 firmware to clear RSU log
0 no action.
+ == ===========================================
b[18]
this is negative logic
+
+ == ===========================================
1 no action
0 firmware record the notify code defined
in b[15:0].
+ == ===========================================
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf0
Date: June 2020
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index b555df8..1a04ca8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -151,23 +151,28 @@
The processor idle states which are available for use have the
following attributes:
- name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string).
+ ======== ==== =================================================
+ name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string).
latency: (RO) The latency to exit out of this idle state (in
- microseconds).
+ microseconds).
- power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in
- milliwatts).
+ power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in
+ milliwatts).
- time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds).
+ time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state
+ (in microseconds).
- usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count).
+ usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count).
- above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
- observed CPU idle duration was too short for it (a count).
+ above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ observed CPU idle duration was too short for it
+ (a count).
- below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
- observed CPU idle duration was too long for it (a count).
+ below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ observed CPU idle duration was too long for it
+ (a count).
+ ======== ==== =================================================
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/desc
Date: February 2008
@@ -290,6 +295,7 @@
This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system.
Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency
beyound it's nominal limit.
+
More details can be found in
Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
@@ -337,43 +343,57 @@
Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes
allocation_policy:
- - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
- on a cache miss because of a write
- - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ - WriteAllocate:
+ allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a write
+ - ReadAllocate:
+ allocate a memory location to a cache line
on a cache miss because of a read
- - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate
+ - ReadWriteAllocate:
+ both writeallocate and readallocate
- attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
+ attributes:
+ LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
- coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
+ coherency_line_size:
+ the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
transferred from memory to cache
- level: the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration
+ level:
+ the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration
- number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
+ number_of_sets:
+ total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
collection of cache lines with the same cache index
- physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag
+ physical_line_partition:
+ number of physical cache line per cache tag
- shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
+ shared_cpu_list:
+ the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
- shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
+ shared_cpu_map:
+ logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
the cache
- size: the total cache size in kB
+ size:
+ the total cache size in kB
type:
- Instruction: cache that only holds instructions
- Data: cache that only caches data
- Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions
- ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block
- of memory in the cache
+ ways_of_associativity:
+ degree of freedom in placing a particular block
+ of memory in the cache
write_policy:
- - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line
+ - WriteThrough:
+ data is written to both the cache line
and to the block in the lower-level memory
- - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and
+ - WriteBack:
+ data is written only to the cache line and
the modified cache line is written to main
memory only when it is replaced
@@ -414,30 +434,30 @@
throttle attributes exported in the 'throttle_stats' directory:
- turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above
- nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
+ frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above
+ nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
- sub_turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below
- nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
+ max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below
+ nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
- unthrottle : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is unthrottled after being throttled.
+ frequency is unthrottled after being throttled.
- powercap : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'.
- overtemp : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'.
- supply_fault : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'.
+ max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'.
- overcurrent : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'.
+ max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'.
- occ_reset : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'.
The sysfs attributes representing different throttle reasons like
powercap, overtemp, supply_fault, overcurrent and occ_reset map to
@@ -469,8 +489,9 @@
Date: June 2016
Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org>
Description: AArch64 CPU registers
+
'identification' directory exposes the CPU ID registers for
- identifying model and revision of the CPU.
+ identifying model and revision of the CPU.
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpu_capacity
Date: December 2016
@@ -497,9 +518,11 @@
vulnerabilities. The output of those files reflects the
state of the CPUs in the system. Possible output values:
+ ================ ==============================================
"Not affected" CPU is not affected by the vulnerability
"Vulnerable" CPU is affected and no mitigation in effect
"Mitigation: $M" CPU is affected and mitigation $M is in effect
+ ================ ==============================================
See also: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
@@ -515,12 +538,14 @@
control: Read/write interface to control SMT. Possible
values:
+ ================ =========================================
"on" SMT is enabled
"off" SMT is disabled
"forceoff" SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed.
"notsupported" SMT is not supported by the CPU
"notimplemented" SMT runtime toggling is not
implemented for the architecture
+ ================ =========================================
If control status is "forceoff" or "notsupported" writes
are rejected.
@@ -576,7 +601,7 @@
Facility in POWER9 and newer processors. i.e., it is a Secure
Virtual Machine.
-What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr
Date: Apr 2005
Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
Description: PURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
index 470def0..1a8ee26 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
@@ -5,8 +5,10 @@
Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and
out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the
ability to query the current state.
- 0 => PRTM off
- 1 => PRTM enabled
+
+ - 0 => PRTM off
+ - 1 => PRTM enabled
+
Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
index 4d63a79..42214b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
@@ -6,11 +6,13 @@
if DDR power rails will be kept powered during system suspend.
("on"/"1" = enabled, "off"/"0" = disabled).
Two types of power switches (or control signals) can be used:
+
A. With a momentary power switch (or pulse signal), DDR
Backup Mode is enabled by default when available, as the
PMIC will be configured only during system suspend.
B. With a toggle power switch (or level signal), the
following steps must be followed exactly:
+
1. Configure PMIC for backup mode, to change the role of
the accessory power switch from a power switch to a
wake-up switch,
@@ -20,8 +22,10 @@
3. Suspend system,
4. Switch accessory power switch on, to resume the
system.
+
DDR Backup Mode must be explicitly enabled by the user,
to invoke step 1.
+
See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt.
Users: User space applications for embedded boards equipped with a
BD9571MWV PMIC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
index 64ac6d5..69d855dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -29,8 +29,12 @@
Date: May 2014
Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream.
+
+ ::
+
sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \
/sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream'
+
If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set
on 'next_bitstream'.
@@ -64,8 +68,11 @@
What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs
Date: Oct 2013
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
-Description: Enable VFs (1..15):
+Description: Enable VFs (1..15)::
+
sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \
/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs'
- Disable VFs:
+
+ Disable VFs::
+
Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
index 53a0725..aee85ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
@@ -3,14 +3,18 @@
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be
is being controlled by press_speed.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select
@@ -25,7 +29,9 @@
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate
a left or right mouse button click.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity
@@ -39,12 +45,16 @@
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled.
+
Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest).
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock
Date: July 2014
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1)
+
Values are 0 or 1
+
Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
index 305dffd..de07be3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
@@ -12,7 +12,9 @@
Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each
mode is listed as follows:
+
Tag: Mode Name
+
Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also
contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the
native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the
@@ -24,24 +26,30 @@
This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
Currently supported mode switches:
- Driving Force Pro:
+
+ Driving Force Pro::
+
DF-EX --> DFP
- G25:
+ G25::
+
DF-EX --> DFP --> G25
- G27:
+ G27::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27
DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27
DF-EX <*----------------> G27
- G29:
+ G29::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*----------------> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*------------------------> G29
- DFGT:
+ DFGT::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT
DF-EX <*--------> DFGT
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
index e574a56..0e323a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
@@ -29,12 +29,13 @@
Description:
Threholds to override activation slack.
- activation_width: (RW) Width threshold to immediately
+ ================= =====================================
+ activation_width (RW) Width threshold to immediately
start processing touch events.
- activation_height: (RW) Height threshold to immediately
+ activation_height (RW) Height threshold to immediately
start processing touch events.
-
+ ================= =====================================
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height
@@ -44,11 +45,13 @@
Description:
Minimum size contact accepted.
- min_width: (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide
+ ========== ===========================================
+ min_width (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide
activation and activity.
- min_height: (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide
+ min_height (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide
activation and activity.
+ ========== ===========================================
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
index 8f7982c..11cd9bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -3,17 +3,21 @@
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
press of a button.
+
When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi
setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
processed to receive the real dpi value:
+ ===== =====
VALUE DPI
+ ===== =====
1 800
2 1200
3 1600
4 2000
5 2400
6 3200
+ ===== =====
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -22,6 +26,7 @@
Date: March 2010
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
+
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -33,6 +38,7 @@
further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -43,10 +49,13 @@
press of a button. A profile holds information like button
mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
effects.
+
When read, these files return the respective profile. The
returned data is 975 bytes in size.
+
When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long.
+
The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
store.
@@ -58,6 +67,7 @@
Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the
startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data.
+
When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
data.
@@ -67,8 +77,10 @@
Date: March 2010
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
+
When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+
When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -80,9 +92,12 @@
calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface.
When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU,
where 0 means off and 1 means on.
+
Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
+
Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes
around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU.
+
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight
@@ -93,14 +108,18 @@
and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the
raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing
in other software.
+
The values map to the weights as follows:
+ ===== ======
VALUE WEIGHT
+ ===== ======
0 none
1 5g
2 10g
3 15g
4 20g
+ ===== ======
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
index 39dfa5c..3bf43d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the
Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can
be combined with the other two.
+
Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is
supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static
extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus
@@ -39,9 +40,13 @@
Other strings for each device-type are available and may be
added if new device-specific detections are added.
Currently supported are:
- gen10: First Wii Remote generation
- gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation (builtin MP)
+
+ ============= =======================================
+ gen10: First Wii Remote generation
+ gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation
+ (builtin MP)
balanceboard: Wii Balance Board
+ ============= =======================================
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib
Date: May 2013
@@ -54,6 +59,7 @@
First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the
17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4
sensors.
+
Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input
values but may be used by user-space to perform other
transformations.
@@ -68,9 +74,11 @@
is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number.
Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of
the analog sticks of the pro-controller.
+
Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input
values but may be used by user-space to perform other
transformations.
+
Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup.
You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration.
You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000
index 3d316d5..cd7c578 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
Description: Reports the firmware version provided by the touchscreen, for example "00_T6" on a EXC80H60
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented as string
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/model
@@ -12,4 +13,5 @@
Description: Reports the model identification provided by the touchscreen, for example "Orion_1320" on a EXC80H60
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented as string
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse
index bb6f5d6..4cf595d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@
Description: read-only access to the efuse on the Ingenic JZ4780 SoC
The SoC has a one time programmable 8K efuse that is
split into segments. The driver supports read only.
- The segments are
+ The segments are:
+
+ ===== ======== =================
0x000 64 bit Random Number
0x008 128 bit Ingenic Chip ID
0x018 128 bit Customer ID
@@ -12,5 +14,7 @@
0x1E0 8 bit Protect Segment
0x1E1 2296 bit HDMI Key
0x300 2048 bit Security boot key
+ ===== ======== =================
+
Users: any user space application which wants to read the Chip
and Customer ID
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
index 73308c2..49f5fd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
@@ -7,8 +7,10 @@
the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest
to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus:
Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional).
- For example:
- #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks
+ For example::
+
+ #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks
+
will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration
register 0x0E.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
index 34d3a33..28c9c04 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
@@ -9,10 +9,12 @@
their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file
will show the current performance level. Writing to the
file can change this value.
+
Valid options:
- "silent"
- "normal"
- "overclock"
+ - "silent"
+ - "normal"
+ - "overclock"
+
Note that not all laptops support all of these options.
Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option,
and it's still unknown if this value even changes
@@ -25,8 +27,9 @@
Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle
life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge
level.
- 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge)
- 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge)
+
+ - 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge)
+ - 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge)
What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge
Date: December 1, 2011
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
index f34221b..e5a438d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
@@ -4,10 +4,12 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid
values are:
+
* 0x1 -> FN-Z
* 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
* 0x8 -> ON
* 0x10 -> OFF
+
Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed
parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and
AUTO).
@@ -41,8 +43,10 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing
stick (if available), valid values are:
+
* 0 -> OFF
* 1 -> ON
+
Users: KToshiba
What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes
@@ -51,10 +55,12 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes
the system supports, which can be:
+
* 0x1 -> FN-Z
* 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
* 0x8 -> ON
* 0x10 -> OFF
+
Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes.
See the entry named "available_kbd_modes"
Users: KToshiba
@@ -65,6 +71,7 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type,
which can be:
+
* 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO
* 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF
Users: KToshiba
@@ -75,10 +82,12 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which
can be:
+
* 0 -> Disabled (0x00)
* 1 -> Alternate (0x09)
* 2 -> Auto (0x21)
* 3 -> Typical (0x11)
+
Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed
values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three.
Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
@@ -93,8 +102,10 @@
Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and
set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted
values can be:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions
+
Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the
feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the
current battery level set.
@@ -107,8 +118,10 @@
KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1 -> Enabled
+
Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
take effect.
Users: KToshiba
@@ -118,8 +131,10 @@
KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1 -> Enabled
+
Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
"sleep_functions_on_battery"
@@ -138,6 +153,7 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid
values are:
+
* 0 -> OFF
* 1 -> ON
@@ -147,8 +163,10 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation
mode, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Normal Operation
* 1 -> Special Functions
+
In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual
and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the
@@ -163,8 +181,10 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever
the LID is opened, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1 -> Enabled
+
Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
take effect.
Users: KToshiba
@@ -174,8 +194,10 @@
KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2)
* 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality)
+
Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
take effect.
Users: KToshiba
@@ -188,10 +210,14 @@
Reading this file prints two values, the first is the actual cooling method
and the second is the maximum cooling method supported.
When the maximum cooling method is ONE, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Maximum Performance
* 1 -> Battery Optimized
+
When the maximum cooling method is TWO, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Maximum Performance
* 1 -> Performance
* 2 -> Battery Optimized
+
Users: KToshiba
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
index a662370..c938690 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
@@ -4,10 +4,12 @@
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level,
valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1 -> Low
* 2 -> Medium
* 3 -> High
+
The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium).
Users: KToshiba
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
index d1a3521..adc0d0e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
Description: This file shows the device type. This is one of the UFS
device descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_class
@@ -26,6 +27,7 @@
Description: This file shows the device class. This is one of the UFS
device descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_sub_class
@@ -34,6 +36,7 @@
Description: This file shows the UFS storage subclass. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/protocol
@@ -43,6 +46,7 @@
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_luns
@@ -51,6 +55,7 @@
Description: This file shows number of logical units. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns
@@ -60,6 +65,7 @@
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/boot_enable
@@ -69,6 +75,7 @@
enabled for boot. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable
@@ -79,6 +86,7 @@
of the boot sequence. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode
@@ -88,6 +96,7 @@
device initialization or hardware reset. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun
@@ -96,6 +105,7 @@
Description: This file shows the high priority lun. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type
@@ -104,6 +114,7 @@
Description: This file shows the secure removal type. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/support_security_lun
@@ -113,6 +124,7 @@
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency
@@ -122,6 +134,7 @@
latency. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level
@@ -130,6 +143,7 @@
Description: This file shows the initial active ICC level. This is one
of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/specification_version
@@ -138,6 +152,7 @@
Description: This file shows the specification version. This is one
of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date
@@ -147,6 +162,7 @@
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id
@@ -155,6 +171,7 @@
Description: This file shows the manufacturee ID. This is one of the
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtt_capability
@@ -164,6 +181,7 @@
supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device
descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtc_update
@@ -173,6 +191,7 @@
clock update. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ufs_features
@@ -182,6 +201,7 @@
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be
found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout
@@ -190,6 +210,7 @@
Description: This file shows the FFU timeout. This is one of the
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/queue_depth
@@ -198,6 +219,7 @@
Description: This file shows the device queue depth. This is one of the
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_version
@@ -206,6 +228,7 @@
Description: This file shows the device version. This is one of the
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa
@@ -215,6 +238,7 @@
supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device
descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size
@@ -225,6 +249,7 @@
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout
@@ -234,6 +259,7 @@
in PSA state. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -244,6 +270,7 @@
This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version
@@ -253,6 +280,7 @@
This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -264,6 +292,7 @@
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns
@@ -273,6 +302,7 @@
supported by the UFS device. This is one of the UFS
geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/segment_size
@@ -281,6 +311,7 @@
Description: This file shows the segment size. This is one of the UFS
geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size
@@ -289,6 +320,7 @@
Description: This file shows the allocation unit size. This is one of
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size
@@ -298,6 +330,7 @@
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size
@@ -307,6 +340,7 @@
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size
@@ -316,6 +350,7 @@
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size
@@ -325,6 +360,7 @@
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size
@@ -334,6 +370,7 @@
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size
@@ -343,6 +380,7 @@
in Security Protocol In/Out. This is one of the UFS geometry
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy
@@ -352,6 +390,7 @@
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering
@@ -361,6 +400,7 @@
This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts
@@ -370,6 +410,7 @@
are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS geometry
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size
@@ -378,6 +419,7 @@
Description: This file shows system data tag unit size. This is one of
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size
@@ -388,6 +430,7 @@
This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types
@@ -397,6 +440,7 @@
one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/memory_types
@@ -406,6 +450,7 @@
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units
@@ -416,6 +461,7 @@
enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor
@@ -426,6 +472,7 @@
enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -436,6 +483,7 @@
of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a
@@ -445,6 +493,7 @@
(method a). This is one of the UFS health descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b
@@ -454,6 +503,7 @@
(method b). This is one of the UFS health descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -464,6 +514,7 @@
active ICC levels from 0 to 15. This is one of the UFS
power descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -473,6 +524,7 @@
Description: This file contains a device manufactureer name string.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_name
@@ -480,6 +532,7 @@
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file contains a product name string. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/oem_id
@@ -487,6 +540,7 @@
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file contains a OEM ID string. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/serial_number
@@ -495,6 +549,7 @@
Description: This file contains a device serial number string. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_revision
@@ -503,6 +558,7 @@
Description: This file contains a product revision string. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -512,6 +568,7 @@
Description: This file shows boot LUN information. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_write_protect
@@ -520,6 +577,7 @@
Description: This file shows LUN write protection status. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_queue_depth
@@ -528,6 +586,7 @@
Description: This file shows LUN queue depth. This is one of the UFS
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/psa_sensitive
@@ -536,6 +595,7 @@
Description: This file shows PSA sensitivity. This is one of the UFS
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_memory_type
@@ -544,6 +604,7 @@
Description: This file shows LUN memory type. This is one of the UFS
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/data_reliability
@@ -553,6 +614,7 @@
occurs during a write operation. This is one of the UFS
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_size
@@ -562,6 +624,7 @@
(calculated as an exponent with base 2). This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_count
@@ -571,6 +634,7 @@
This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/erase_block_size
@@ -579,6 +643,7 @@
Description: This file shows the erase block size. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/provisioning_type
@@ -587,6 +652,7 @@
Description: This file shows the thin provisioning type. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/physical_memory_resourse_count
@@ -595,6 +661,7 @@
Description: This file shows the total physical memory resources. This is
one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/context_capabilities
@@ -603,6 +670,7 @@
Description: This file shows the context capabilities. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/large_unit_granularity
@@ -611,6 +679,7 @@
Description: This file shows the granularity of the LUN. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -619,6 +688,7 @@
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the device init status. The full information
about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/permanent_wpe
@@ -627,6 +697,7 @@
Description: This file shows whether permanent write protection is enabled.
The full information about the flag could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/power_on_wpe
@@ -636,6 +707,7 @@
logical units configured as power on write protected. The
full information about the flag could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/bkops_enable
@@ -644,6 +716,7 @@
Description: This file shows whether the device background operations are
enabled. The full information about the flag could be
found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/life_span_mode_enable
@@ -652,6 +725,7 @@
Description: This file shows whether the device life span mode is enabled.
The full information about the flag could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/phy_resource_removal
@@ -660,6 +734,7 @@
Description: This file shows whether physical resource removal is enable.
The full information about the flag could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/busy_rtc
@@ -668,6 +743,7 @@
Description: This file shows whether the device is executing internal
operation related to real time clock. The full information
about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/disable_fw_update
@@ -676,6 +752,7 @@
Description: This file shows whether the device FW update is permanently
disabled. The full information about the flag could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -685,6 +762,7 @@
Description: This file provides the boot lun enabled UFS device attribute.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/current_power_mode
@@ -693,6 +771,7 @@
Description: This file provides the current power mode UFS device attribute.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/active_icc_level
@@ -701,6 +780,7 @@
Description: This file provides the active icc level UFS device attribute.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ooo_data_enabled
@@ -709,6 +789,7 @@
Description: This file provides the out of order data transfer enabled UFS
device attribute. The full information about the attribute
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/bkops_status
@@ -717,6 +798,7 @@
Description: This file provides the background operations status UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/purge_status
@@ -725,6 +807,7 @@
Description: This file provides the purge operation status UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_in_size
@@ -733,6 +816,7 @@
Description: This file shows the maximum data size in a DATA IN
UPIU. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_out_size
@@ -741,6 +825,7 @@
Description: This file shows the maximum number of bytes that can be
requested with a READY TO TRANSFER UPIU. The full information
about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/reference_clock_frequency
@@ -749,6 +834,7 @@
Description: This file provides the reference clock frequency UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock
@@ -765,6 +851,7 @@
outstanding RTTs in device that is allowed. The full
information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_control
@@ -773,6 +860,7 @@
Description: This file provides the exception event control UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_status
@@ -781,6 +869,7 @@
Description: This file provides the exception event status UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ffu_status
@@ -789,6 +878,7 @@
Description: This file provides the ffu status UFS device attribute.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_state
@@ -796,6 +886,7 @@
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file show the PSA feature status. The full information
about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_data_size
@@ -805,6 +896,7 @@
load to all logical units in pre-soldering state.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -815,6 +907,7 @@
to be removed from the physical memory resources pool of
the particular logical unit. The full information about
the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -824,24 +917,28 @@
Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device
runtime power management level. The current driver
implementation supports 6 levels with next target states:
- 0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
- stay active
- 1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
- stay active
- 3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
- be powered off
+
+ == ====================================================
+ 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ be powered off
+ == ====================================================
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state
Date: February 2018
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device
for the chosen runtime power management level.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_link_state
@@ -849,6 +946,7 @@
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link
for the chosen runtime power management level.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_lvl
@@ -857,24 +955,28 @@
Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device
system power management level. The current driver
implementation supports 6 levels with next target states:
- 0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
- stay active
- 1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
- stay active
- 3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
- be powered off
+
+ == ====================================================
+ 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ be powered off
+ == ====================================================
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state
Date: February 2018
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device
for the chosen system power management level.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_link_state
@@ -882,18 +984,21 @@
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link
for the chosen system power management level.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows if preserve user-space was configured
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_shared_alloc_units
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the shared allocated units of WB buffer
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_type
@@ -901,6 +1006,7 @@
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the configured WB type.
0x1 for shared buffer mode. 0x0 for dedicated buffer mode.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_buff_cap_adj
@@ -910,6 +1016,7 @@
buffer mode.
The value of this parameter is 3 for TLC NAND when SLC mode
is used as WriteBooster Buffer. 2 for MLC NAND.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_alloc_units
@@ -917,6 +1024,7 @@
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the Maximum total WriteBooster Buffer size
which is supported by the entire device.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_wb_luns
@@ -924,6 +1032,7 @@
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the maximum number of luns that can support
WriteBooster.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_red_type
@@ -937,46 +1046,59 @@
preserve user space type.
02h: Device can be configured in either user space
reduction type or preserve user space type.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_wb_type
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: The supportability of WriteBooster Buffer type.
- 00h: LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration
- 01h: Single shared WriteBooster Buffer
- configuration
- 02h: Supporting both LU based WriteBooster
- Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer
- configuration
+
+ === ==========================================================
+ 00h LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ 01h Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ 02h Supporting both LU based WriteBooster.
+ Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ === ==========================================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_enable
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the status of WriteBooster.
- 0: WriteBooster is not enabled.
- 1: WriteBooster is enabled
+
+ == ============================
+ 0 WriteBooster is not enabled.
+ 1 WriteBooster is enabled
+ == ============================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_en
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows if flush is enabled.
- 0: Flush operation is not performed.
- 1: Flush operation is performed.
+
+ == =================================
+ 0 Flush operation is not performed.
+ 1 Flush operation is performed.
+ == =================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_during_h8
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: Flush WriteBooster Buffer during hibernate state.
- 0: Device is not allowed to flush the
- WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate
- state.
- 1: Device is allowed to flush the
- WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate
- state
+
+ == =================================================
+ 0 Device is not allowed to flush the
+ WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state.
+ 1 Device is allowed to flush the
+ WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state.
+ == =================================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_avail_buf
@@ -984,23 +1106,30 @@
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the amount of unused WriteBooster buffer
available.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_cur_buf
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the amount of unused current buffer.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_flush_status
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the flush operation status.
- 00h: idle
- 01h: Flush operation in progress
- 02h: Flush operation stopped prematurely.
- 03h: Flush operation completed successfully
- 04h: Flush operation general failure
+
+
+ === ======================================
+ 00h idle
+ 01h Flush operation in progress
+ 02h Flush operation stopped prematurely.
+ 03h Flush operation completed successfully
+ 04h Flush operation general failure
+ === ======================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_life_time_est
@@ -1008,9 +1137,13 @@
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows an indication of the WriteBooster Buffer
lifetime based on the amount of performed program/erase cycles
- 01h: 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
+
+ === =============================================
+ 01h 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
...
- 0Ah: 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
+ 0Ah 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
+ === =============================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/wb_buf_alloc_units
@@ -1018,4 +1151,5 @@
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the configured size of WriteBooster buffer.
0400h corresponds to 4GB.
+
The file is read only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17
index d301e70..e92aba4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17
@@ -5,7 +5,9 @@
Description: When written, this file sets the I2C speed on the connected
DS28E17 chip. When read, it reads the current setting from
the DS28E17 chip.
+
Valid values: 100, 400, 900 [kBaud].
+
Default 100, can be set by w1_ds28e17.speed= module parameter.
Users: w1_ds28e17 driver
@@ -17,5 +19,6 @@
the busy timeout for I2C operations on the connected DS28E17
chip. When read, returns the current setting.
Valid values: 1 to 9.
+
Default 1, can be set by w1_ds28e17.stretch= module parameter.
Users: w1_ds28e17 driver
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm
index 8873bbb..6a37dc3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm
@@ -22,8 +22,10 @@
device data to its embedded EEPROM, either restore data
embedded in device EEPROM. Be aware that devices support
limited EEPROM writing cycles (typical 50k)
+
* 'save': save device RAM to EEPROM
* 'restore': restore EEPROM data in device RAM
+
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
@@ -33,9 +35,11 @@
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RO) return the power status by asking the device
+
* '0': device parasite powered
* '1': device externally powered
* '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading power status
+
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
@@ -49,10 +53,12 @@
will be changed only in device RAM, so it will be cleared when
power is lost. Trigger a 'save' to EEPROM command to keep
values after power-on. Read or write are :
+
* '9..14': device resolution in bit
- or resolution to set in bit
+ or resolution to set in bit
* '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading the resolution
* Anything else: do nothing
+
Some DS18B20 clones are fixed in 12-bit resolution, so the
actual resolution is read back from the chip and verified. Error
is reported if the results differ.
@@ -65,16 +71,18 @@
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RO) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC.
+
* If a bulk read has been triggered, it will directly
- return the temperature computed when the bulk read
- occurred, if available. If not yet available, nothing
- is returned (a debug kernel message is sent), you
- should retry later on.
+ return the temperature computed when the bulk read
+ occurred, if available. If not yet available, nothing
+ is returned (a debug kernel message is sent), you
+ should retry later on.
* If no bulk read has been triggered, it will trigger
- a conversion and send the result. Note that the
- conversion duration depend on the resolution (if
- device support this feature). It takes 94ms in 9bits
- resolution, 750ms for 12bits.
+ a conversion and send the result. Note that the
+ conversion duration depend on the resolution (if
+ device support this feature). It takes 94ms in 9bits
+ resolution, 750ms for 12bits.
+
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
@@ -86,12 +94,14 @@
(RW) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC.
*read*: return 2 lines with the hexa output data sent on the
bus, return the CRC check and temperature in 1/1000 degC
- *write* :
+ *write*:
+
* '0' : save the 2 or 3 bytes to the device EEPROM
- (i.e. TH, TL and config register)
+ (i.e. TH, TL and config register)
* '9..14' : set the device resolution in RAM
- (if supported)
+ (if supported)
* Anything else: do nothing
+
refer to Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst for detailed
information.
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
@@ -103,14 +113,21 @@
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RW) trigger a bulk read conversion. read the status
+
*read*:
- * '-1': conversion in progress on at least 1 sensor
- * '1' : conversion complete but at least one sensor
+ * '-1':
+ conversion in progress on at least 1 sensor
+ * '1' :
+ conversion complete but at least one sensor
value has not been read yet
- * '0' : no bulk operation. Reading temperature will
+ * '0' :
+ no bulk operation. Reading temperature will
trigger a conversion on each device
- *write*: 'trigger': trigger a bulk read on all supporting
+
+ *write*:
+ 'trigger': trigger a bulk read on all supporting
devices on the bus
+
Note that if a bulk read is sent but one sensor is not read
immediately, the next access to temperature on this device
will return the temperature measured at the time of issue
@@ -128,14 +145,19 @@
reset to default (datasheet) conversion time for a new
resolution.
- *read*: Actual conversion time in milliseconds. *write*:
- '0': Set the default conversion time from the datasheet.
- '1': Measure and set the conversion time. Make a single
+ *read*:
+ Actual conversion time in milliseconds.
+
+ *write*:
+ * '0':
+ Set the default conversion time from the datasheet.
+ * '1':
+ Measure and set the conversion time. Make a single
temperature conversion, measure an actual value.
Increase it by 20% for temperature range. A new
conversion time can be obtained by reading this
same attribute.
- other positive value:
+ * other positive value:
Set the conversion time in milliseconds.
Users: An application using the w1_term device
@@ -148,16 +170,21 @@
(RW) Control optional driver settings.
Bit masks to read/write (bitwise OR):
- 1: Enable check for conversion success. If byte 6 of
+ == ============================================================
+ 1 Enable check for conversion success. If byte 6 of
scratchpad memory is 0xC after conversion, and
temperature reads 85.00 (powerup value) or 127.94
(insufficient power) - return a conversion error.
- 2: Enable poll for conversion completion. Generate read cycles
+ 2 Enable poll for conversion completion. Generate read cycles
after the conversion start and wait for 1's. In parasite
power mode this feature is not available.
+ == ============================================================
- *read*: Currently selected features.
- *write*: Select features.
+ *read*:
+ Currently selected features.
+
+ *write*:
+ Select features.
Users: An application using the w1_term device
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
index afc48fc..16acaa5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
@@ -79,7 +79,9 @@
When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the
image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour).
The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can
- be summarized by converting 76543210 into GECA6420.
+ be summarized by converting::
+
+ 76543210 into GECA6420.
HGFEDCBA HFDB7531
What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/unpair_remote
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
index 613f42a9..b16d30a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -12,11 +12,14 @@
image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP.
status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it.
type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format.
+
+ ======== ===================================================
version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1.
xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen
and the left edge of the image.
yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen
and the top edge of the image.
+ ======== ===================================================
What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/
Date: February 2013
@@ -33,12 +36,14 @@
The following setting is available to user space for each
hotplug profile:
+ ======== =======================================================
enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of
- hotplug events associated with the given class of
- devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with
- the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it
- effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding
- class of devices.
+ hotplug events associated with the given class of
+ devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with
+ the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it
+ effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding
+ class of devices.
+ ======== =======================================================
The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set)
or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will
@@ -71,86 +76,90 @@
To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from,
/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing
every possible source, and the count of how many
- times it has triggered.
+ times it has triggered::
- $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
- $ grep . *
- error: 0
- ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
- ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
- ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
- ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
- ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
- gpe00: 0 invalid
- gpe01: 0 enable
- gpe02: 108 enable
- gpe03: 0 invalid
- gpe04: 0 invalid
- gpe05: 0 invalid
- gpe06: 0 enable
- gpe07: 0 enable
- gpe08: 0 invalid
- gpe09: 0 invalid
- gpe0A: 0 invalid
- gpe0B: 0 invalid
- gpe0C: 0 invalid
- gpe0D: 0 invalid
- gpe0E: 0 invalid
- gpe0F: 0 invalid
- gpe10: 0 invalid
- gpe11: 0 invalid
- gpe12: 0 invalid
- gpe13: 0 invalid
- gpe14: 0 invalid
- gpe15: 0 invalid
- gpe16: 0 invalid
- gpe17: 1084 enable
- gpe18: 0 enable
- gpe19: 0 invalid
- gpe1A: 0 invalid
- gpe1B: 0 invalid
- gpe1C: 0 invalid
- gpe1D: 0 invalid
- gpe1E: 0 invalid
- gpe1F: 0 invalid
- gpe_all: 1192
- sci: 1194
- sci_not: 0
+ $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
+ $ grep . *
+ error: 0
+ ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
+ ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
+ ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
+ ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
+ ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
+ gpe00: 0 invalid
+ gpe01: 0 enable
+ gpe02: 108 enable
+ gpe03: 0 invalid
+ gpe04: 0 invalid
+ gpe05: 0 invalid
+ gpe06: 0 enable
+ gpe07: 0 enable
+ gpe08: 0 invalid
+ gpe09: 0 invalid
+ gpe0A: 0 invalid
+ gpe0B: 0 invalid
+ gpe0C: 0 invalid
+ gpe0D: 0 invalid
+ gpe0E: 0 invalid
+ gpe0F: 0 invalid
+ gpe10: 0 invalid
+ gpe11: 0 invalid
+ gpe12: 0 invalid
+ gpe13: 0 invalid
+ gpe14: 0 invalid
+ gpe15: 0 invalid
+ gpe16: 0 invalid
+ gpe17: 1084 enable
+ gpe18: 0 enable
+ gpe19: 0 invalid
+ gpe1A: 0 invalid
+ gpe1B: 0 invalid
+ gpe1C: 0 invalid
+ gpe1D: 0 invalid
+ gpe1E: 0 invalid
+ gpe1F: 0 invalid
+ gpe_all: 1192
+ sci: 1194
+ sci_not: 0
- sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI
- has been called and claimed an interrupt.
+ =========== ==================================================
+ sci The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and claimed an interrupt.
- sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI
- has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
+ sci_not The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
- gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs.
+ gpe_all count of SCI caused by GPEs.
- gpeXX - count for individual GPE source
+ gpeXX count for individual GPE source
- ff_gbl_lock - Global Lock
+ ff_gbl_lock Global Lock
- ff_pmtimer - PM Timer
+ ff_pmtimer PM Timer
- ff_pwr_btn - Power Button
+ ff_pwr_btn Power Button
- ff_rt_clk - Real Time Clock
+ ff_rt_clk Real Time Clock
- ff_slp_btn - Sleep Button
+ ff_slp_btn Sleep Button
- error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
+ error an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
- invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
- doesn't have an event handler.
+ invalid it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
+ doesn't have an event handler.
- disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
+ disable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
- enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
+ enable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
+ =========== ==================================================
- Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.
- # echo 0 > gpe11
+ Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.::
- All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci":
- # echo 0 > sci
+ # echo 0 > gpe11
+
+ All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci"::
+
+ # echo 0 > sci
None of these counters has an effect on the function
of the system, they are simply statistics.
@@ -165,32 +174,34 @@
Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid
and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown
- when pressing the power button.
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 0 enabled
- # press the power button for 3 times;
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 3 enabled
- # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 3 disabled
- # press the power button for 3 times;
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 3 disabled
- # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 4 enabled
- /*
- * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared,
- * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again
- */
- # press the power button for 3 times;
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 7 enabled
- # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
- # press the power button for 3 times;
- # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */
- # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 7 enabled
+ when pressing the power button::
+
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 0 enabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 4 enabled
+ /*
+ * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable
+ * bit is cleared, and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when
+ * the enable bit is set again
+ */
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
index 210ad44..fe0289c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as
entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)":
- Example entry directories:
+ Example entry directories::
/sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0
/sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1
@@ -50,61 +50,65 @@
Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values
exported as attributes:
- handle : The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this
+ ======== =================================================
+ handle The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this
entry by the firmware. This handle may be
referred to by other entries.
- length : The length of the entry, as presented in the
+ length The length of the entry, as presented in the
entry itself. Note that this is _not the
total count of bytes associated with the
- entry_. This value represents the length of
+ entry. This value represents the length of
the "formatted" portion of the entry. This
"formatted" region is sometimes followed by
the "unformatted" region composed of nul
terminated strings, with termination signalled
by a two nul characters in series.
- raw : The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the
+ raw The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the
"formatted" portion of the entry, the
"unformatted" strings portion of the entry,
and the two terminating nul characters.
- type : The type of the entry. This value is the same
+ type The type of the entry. This value is the same
as found in the directory name. It indicates
how the rest of the entry should be interpreted.
- instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the
+ instance The instance ordinal of the entry for the
given type. This value is the same as found
in the parent directory name.
- position: The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry
+ position The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry
within the entirety of the DMI entry table.
+ ======== =================================================
- === Entry Specialization ===
+ **Entry Specialization**
Some entry types may have other information available in
sysfs. Not all types are specialized.
- --- Type 15 - System Event Log ---
+ **Type 15 - System Event Log**
This entry allows the firmware to export a log of
events the system has taken. This information is
typically backed by nvram, but the implementation
details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data
- is exported in the directory:
+ is exported in the directory::
- /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log
and has the following attributes (documented in the
SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)":
- area_length
- header_start_offset
- data_start_offset
- access_method
- status
- change_token
- access_method_address
- header_format
- per_log_type_descriptor_length
- type_descriptors_supported_count
+ - area_length
+ - header_start_offset
+ - data_start_offset
+ - access_method
+ - status
+ - change_token
+ - access_method_address
+ - header_format
+ - per_log_type_descriptor_length
+ - type_descriptors_supported_count
As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute:
- raw_event_log : The raw binary bits of the event log
+ ============= ====================================
+ raw_event_log The raw binary bits of the event log
as described by the DMI entry.
+ ============= ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
index 6e431d1..31b5767 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
@@ -35,10 +35,13 @@
Date: February 2015
Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Description: What kind of firmware entry this is:
- 0 - Unknown
- 1 - System Firmware
- 2 - Device Firmware
- 3 - UEFI Driver
+
+ == ===============
+ 0 Unknown
+ 1 System Firmware
+ 2 Device Firmware
+ 3 UEFI Driver
+ == ===============
What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_class
Date: February 2015
@@ -71,11 +74,14 @@
Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the
firmware resource entry.
- 0 - Success
- 1 - Insufficient resources
- 2 - Incorrect version
- 3 - Invalid format
- 4 - Authentication error
- 5 - AC power event
- 6 - Battery power event
+
+ == ======================
+ 0 Success
+ 1 Insufficient resources
+ 2 Incorrect version
+ 3 Invalid format
+ 4 Authentication error
+ 5 AC power event
+ 6 Battery power event
+ == ======================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
index c61b9b3..9c4d581 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
/sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel
exports that information in.
- subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range:
+ subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range::
/sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0
/sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1
@@ -24,11 +24,13 @@
Each subdirectory contains five files:
- attribute : The attributes of the memory range.
- num_pages : The size of the memory range in pages.
- phys_addr : The physical address of the memory range.
- type : The type of the memory range.
- virt_addr : The virtual address of the memory range.
+ ========= =========================================
+ attribute The attributes of the memory range.
+ num_pages The size of the memory range in pages.
+ phys_addr The physical address of the memory range.
+ type The type of the memory range.
+ virt_addr The virtual address of the memory range.
+ ========= =========================================
Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix.
Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
index 0faa0aa..7a55835 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
This directory has the same layout (and
underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars.
- See Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
+ See `Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars`
for more information on how to interact with
this structure.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
index eca0d65..1f6f4d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
the raw memory map to userspace.
The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there
- are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name:
+ are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name::
/sys/firmware/memmap/0
/sys/firmware/memmap/1
@@ -34,14 +34,16 @@
Each directory contains three files:
- start : The start address (as hexadecimal number with the
+ ======== =====================================================
+ start The start address (as hexadecimal number with the
'0x' prefix).
- end : The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the
+ end The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the
firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges).
- type : Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of
+ type Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of
valid types.
+ ======== =====================================================
- So, for example:
+ So, for example::
/sys/firmware/memmap/0/start
/sys/firmware/memmap/0/end
@@ -57,9 +59,8 @@
- reserved
Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory
- map in a human-readable format:
+ map in a human-readable format::
- -------------------- 8< ----------------------------------------
#!/bin/bash
cd /sys/firmware/memmap
for dir in * ; do
@@ -68,4 +69,3 @@
type=$(cat $dir/type)
printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type"
done
- -------------------- >8 ----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
index 011dda4..ee0d6db 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt"
in the QEMU source tree.
- === SysFS fw_cfg Interface ===
+ **SysFS fw_cfg Interface**
The fw_cfg sysfs interface described in this document is only
intended to display discoverable blobs (i.e., those registered
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
/sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/rev
- --- Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key ---
+ **Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key**
All discoverable blobs listed in the fw_cfg file directory are
displayed as entries named after their unique selector key
@@ -45,24 +45,26 @@
Each such fw_cfg sysfs entry has the following values exported
as attributes:
- name : The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the
+ ==== ====================================================
+ name The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the
blob's 'file name' in the fw_cfg directory.
- size : The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg
+ size The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg
directory.
- key : The value of the blob's selector key as given in the
+ key The value of the blob's selector key as given in the
fw_cfg directory. This value is the same as used in
the parent directory name.
- raw : The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the
+ raw The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the
entry via the control register, and reading a number
of bytes equal to the blob size from the data
register.
+ ==== ====================================================
- --- Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name ---
+ **Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name**
While the fw_cfg device does not impose any specific naming
convention on the blobs registered in the file directory,
QEMU developers have traditionally used path name semantics
- to give each blob a descriptive name. For example:
+ to give each blob a descriptive name. For example::
"bootorder"
"genroms/kvmvapic.bin"
@@ -81,7 +83,7 @@
of directories matching the path name components of fw_cfg
blob names, ending in symlinks to the by_key entry for each
"basename", as illustrated below (assume current directory is
- /sys/firmware):
+ /sys/firmware)::
qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/bootorder -> ../by_key/38
qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/e820 -> ../../by_key/35
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
index 4be7d44..5210e0f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
http://simplefirmware.org/documentation
While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space
- can observe them this way:
+ can observe them this way::
- # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables
- # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin
+ # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables
+ # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
index 4573fd4..66800baa 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information
about the SGI UV platform.
- Under that directory are a number of files:
+ Under that directory are a number of files::
partition_id
coherence_id
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical
machines, which each partition running a unique copy
of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique
- partition id. To display the partition id, use the command:
+ partition id. To display the partition id, use the command::
cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id
@@ -22,6 +22,6 @@
A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence
domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain
this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the
- command:
+ command::
cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm
index 15595fa..b8631f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm
@@ -2,21 +2,21 @@
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
+Description: (Read) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
Format: %i
What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/mac_address*
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
+Description: (Read) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
Format: %pM
What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/pubkey
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed
+Description: (Read) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed
as pair to the ECDSA private key burned into eFuses of this
Turris Mox Board.
Format: string
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected
+Description: (Read) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected
during manufacturing and burned into eFuses. Can be 512 or 1024.
Format: %i
@@ -33,5 +33,5 @@
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device.
+Description: (Read) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device.
Format: %016X
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
index 78604db..99e3d92 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a
block group specific preallocation pool, so that small
files are packed closely together. Each large file
- will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
- preallocation pool.
+ will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
+ preallocation pool.
What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks
Date: March 2008
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
index 834d0be..67b3ed8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -20,10 +20,13 @@
Date: July 2013
Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
Description: Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection.
- Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting
- gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting
- gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach & setting
- gc_idle = 3 will select the age-threshold based approach.
+ Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting:
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting
+ gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach & setting
+ gc_idle = 3 will select the age-threshold based approach.
+ =========== ===============================================
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments
Date: October 2013
@@ -46,10 +49,17 @@
Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
Description: Controls the in-place-update policy.
updates in f2fs. User can set:
- 0x01: F2FS_IPU_FORCE, 0x02: F2FS_IPU_SSR,
- 0x04: F2FS_IPU_UTIL, 0x08: F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL,
- 0x10: F2FS_IPU_FSYNC, 0x20: F2FS_IPU_ASYNC,
- 0x40: F2FS_IPU_NOCACHE.
+
+ ==== =================
+ 0x01 F2FS_IPU_FORCE
+ 0x02 F2FS_IPU_SSR
+ 0x04 F2FS_IPU_UTIL
+ 0x08 F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL
+ 0x10 F2FS_IPU_FSYNC
+ 0x20 F2FS_IPU_ASYNC,
+ 0x40 F2FS_IPU_NOCACHE
+ ==== =================
+
Refer segment.h for details.
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util
@@ -332,18 +342,28 @@
Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to data writes
given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate:
- * REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
- * 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
- * Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+
+ +-------------------+-------------------+
+ | REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/node_io_flag
Date: June 2020
Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to node writes
given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate:
- * REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
- * 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
- * Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+
+ +-------------------+-------------------+
+ | REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_period_ms
Date: April 2020
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
index 53b7b2e..4dbe0c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
@@ -15,14 +15,17 @@
Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Description: If running under Xen:
Describes mode that Xen's performance-monitoring unit (PMU)
- uses. Accepted values are
- "off" -- PMU is disabled
- "self" -- The guest can profile itself
- "hv" -- The guest can profile itself and, if it is
+ uses. Accepted values are:
+
+ ====== ============================================
+ "off" PMU is disabled
+ "self" The guest can profile itself
+ "hv" The guest can profile itself and, if it is
privileged (e.g. dom0), the hypervisor
- "all" -- The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor
+ "all" The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor
and all other guests. Only available to
privileged guests.
+ ====== ============================================
What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_features
Date: August 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
index eca38ce..7f9bda4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
@@ -23,16 +23,17 @@
representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary
representation of setup_data payload.
- The whole boot_params directory structure is like below:
- /sys/kernel/boot_params
- |__ data
- |__ setup_data
- | |__ 0
- | | |__ data
- | | |__ type
- | |__ 1
- | |__ data
- | |__ type
- |__ version
+ The whole boot_params directory structure is like below::
+
+ /sys/kernel/boot_params
+ |__ data
+ |__ setup_data
+ | |__ 0
+ | | |__ data
+ | | |__ type
+ | |__ 1
+ | |__ data
+ | |__ type
+ |__ version
Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
index fdaa216..294387e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@
of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination.
Under these directories are a number of files:
- nr_hugepages
- nr_overcommit_hugepages
- free_hugepages
- surplus_hugepages
- resv_hugepages
+
+ - nr_hugepages
+ - nr_overcommit_hugepages
+ - free_hugepages
+ - surplus_hugepages
+ - resv_hugepages
+
See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
index dfc1324..1c9bed5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
@@ -34,8 +34,9 @@
in a tree.
run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled.
- write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running.
- write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages.
+
+ - write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running.
+ - write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages.
sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between
scans.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
index ed35833..c9f12ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
@@ -346,6 +346,7 @@
number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated
because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order
possible depending on its characteristics.
+
When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified
(see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst), the minimum possible
order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change
@@ -361,6 +362,7 @@
new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to
clear the current count.
+
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
@@ -410,6 +412,7 @@
slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on
the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over
the entire system but can be expensive.
+
Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled.
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
index 0aac02e..353c0db5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
@@ -17,14 +17,15 @@
Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru>
Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs)
- [ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per
+ Note:
+ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per
microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125
microseconds (full microframe).
However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is
too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110
microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work
- together. ]
+ together.
Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that
the host controller would allow allocating more than 100
@@ -45,8 +46,10 @@
KernelVersion:»·3.3
Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Description: Module taint flags:
- P - proprietary module
- O - out-of-tree module
- F - force-loaded module
- C - staging driver module
- E - unsigned module
+ == =====================
+ P proprietary module
+ O out-of-tree module
+ F force-loaded module
+ C staging driver module
+ E unsigned module
+ == =====================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
index 8b0e820..c78d358 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
@@ -4,13 +4,16 @@
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
Description:
This file allows display switching. The value
- is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow:
- 4321
- |||`- LCD
- ||`-- CRT
- |`--- TV
- `---- DVI
- Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display
+ is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow::
+
+ 4321
+ |||`- LCD
+ ||`-- CRT
+ |`--- TV
+ `---- DVI
+
+ Ex:
+ - 0 (0000b) means no display
- 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD.
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps
@@ -28,8 +31,10 @@
Description:
Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be
used to display several items of information.
- To control the LED display, use the following :
+ To control the LED display, use the following::
+
echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/
+
where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display.
The DDD table can be found in Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/asus-laptop.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
index 1efac0d..0488573 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
Description:
Change CPU clock configuration (write-only).
There are three available clock configuration:
+
* 0 -> Super Performance Mode
* 1 -> High Performance Mode
* 2 -> Power Saving Mode
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
index 4cc6a86..b146be7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
@@ -18,8 +18,10 @@
In order to use an extended can_id add the
CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example:
- - standard id 0x7ff:
- echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+ - standard id 0x7ff::
- - extended id 0x1fffffff:
- echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+ echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+
+ - extended id 0x1fffffff::
+
+ echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
index 9b917c7..82bcfe9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
@@ -34,9 +34,12 @@
this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded
by '-' instead.
- For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:
+ For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run::
+
echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
- To disable it:
+
+ To disable it::
+
echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
Note that not all the available triggers can be configured.
@@ -57,7 +60,8 @@
with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value
is assumed to be expressed in seconds.
- For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:
+ For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run::
+
echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios
index 205d3b6..e6e0f7f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
For example the token ID "5" would be available
as the following attributes:
- 0005_location
- 0005_value
+ - 0005_location
+ - 0005_value
Tokens will vary from machine to machine, and
only tokens available on that machine will be
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
index 3683cb1c..d6ab34e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
@@ -113,8 +113,11 @@
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the name of hwmon device, it
supports values:
- 'dfl_fme_thermal' - thermal hwmon device name
- 'dfl_fme_power' - power hwmon device name
+
+ ================= =========================
+ 'dfl_fme_thermal' thermal hwmon device name
+ 'dfl_fme_power' power hwmon device name
+ ================= =========================
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_input
Date: October 2019
@@ -169,8 +172,11 @@
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the policy of hardware threshold1
(see 'temp1_max'). It only supports two values (policies):
- 0 - AP2 state (90% throttling)
- 1 - AP1 state (50% throttling)
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 AP2 state (90% throttling)
+ 1 AP1 state (50% throttling)
+ == ==========================
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_input
Date: October 2019
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf
index 2cbc660..1418343 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf
@@ -27,12 +27,15 @@
Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
Description:
(RO) Display the platform power source
+
+ ========= ============================
bits[3:0] Current power source
- 0x00 = DC
- 0x01 = AC
- 0x02 = USB
- 0x03 = Wireless Charger
+ - 0x00 = DC
+ - 0x01 = AC
+ - 0x02 = USB
+ - 0x03 = Wireless Charger
bits[7:4] Power source sequence number
+ ========= ============================
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/battery_steady_power
Date: Jul, 2016
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
index 5b026c6..70dbe07 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
Description:
This file allows display switching.
+
- 1 = LCD
- 2 = CRT
- 3 = LCD+CRT
+
If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead.
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera
@@ -30,16 +32,20 @@
Description:
Change CPU clock configuration.
On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration:
+
* 0 -> Super Performance Mode
* 1 -> High Performance Mode
* 2 -> Power Saving Mode
+
On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations.
Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file.
Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which
- is defined as follow:
- | 8 bit | 8 bit |
- | `---- Current mode
- `------------ Availables modes
+ is defined as follow::
+
+ | 8 bit | 8 bit |
+ | `---- Current mode
+ `------------ Availables modes
+
For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes.
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl
index c394b808..b6a138b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
Description:
Reading the file will give you a list of masters which can be
selected for a demultiplexed bus. The format is
- "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board:
+ "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board::
- 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000
+ 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000
What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/current_master
Date: January 2016
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
index 1b31be3..fd2ac02 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
Description:
Change fan mode
There are four available modes:
+
* 0 -> Super Silent Mode
* 1 -> Standard Mode
* 2 -> Dust Cleaning
@@ -32,9 +33,11 @@
Contact: "Oleg Keri <ezhi99@gmail.com>"
Description:
Control fn-lock mode.
+
* 1 -> Switched On
* 0 -> Switched Off
- For example:
- # echo "0" > \
- /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock
+ For example::
+
+ # echo "0" > \
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update
index 5aa6189..02ae1e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update
@@ -8,5 +8,6 @@
of 0 and userspace can signal SBL to update firmware,
on next reboot, by writing a value of 1.
There are two available states:
+
* 0 -> Skip firmware update while rebooting
* 1 -> Attempt firmware update on next reboot
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt
index 8af6505..e19144f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt
@@ -7,5 +7,6 @@
Thunderbolt controllers to turn on or off when no
devices are connected (write-only)
There are two available states:
+
* 0 -> Force power disabled
* 1 -> Force power enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
index c165327..a7f81de 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
Description:
Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip
is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0".
+
The device name flows down to architecture specific board
initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader
firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl
index 401d202..e79ca22 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl
@@ -5,10 +5,13 @@
Description:
The Life-cycle state of the SoC, which could be one of the
following values.
- Production - Production state and can be updated to secure
- GA Secured - Secure chip and not able to change state
- GA Non-Secured - Non-Secure chip and not able to change state
- RMA - Return Merchandise Authorization
+
+ ============== =============================================
+ Production Production state and can be updated to secure
+ GA Secured Secure chip and not able to change state
+ GA Non-Secured Non-Secure chip and not able to change state
+ RMA Return Merchandise Authorization
+ ============== =============================================
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/post_reset_wdog
Date: Oct 2019
@@ -25,10 +28,13 @@
Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>"
Description:
The source of the boot stream for the next reset. It could be
- one of the following values.
- external - boot from external source (USB or PCIe)
- emmc - boot from the onchip eMMC
- emmc_legacy - boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode
+ one of the following values:
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ external boot from external source (USB or PCIe)
+ emmc boot from the onchip eMMC
+ emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode
+ =========== ===============================================
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/second_reset_action
Date: Oct 2019
@@ -38,11 +44,14 @@
Update the source of the boot stream after next reset. It could
be one of the following values and will be applied after next
reset.
- external - boot from external source (USB or PCIe)
- emmc - boot from the onchip eMMC
- emmc_legacy - boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode
- swap_emmc - swap the primary / secondary boot partition
- none - cancel the action
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ external boot from external source (USB or PCIe)
+ emmc boot from the onchip eMMC
+ emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode
+ swap_emmc swap the primary / secondary boot partition
+ none cancel the action
+ =========== ===============================================
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/secure_boot_fuse_state
Date: Oct 2019
@@ -50,9 +59,12 @@
Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>"
Description:
The state of eFuse versions with the following values.
- InUse - burnt, valid and currently in use
- Used - burnt and valid
- Free - not burnt and free to use
- Skipped - not burnt but not free (skipped)
- Wasted - burnt and invalid
- Invalid - not burnt but marked as valid (error state).
+
+ ======= ===============================================
+ InUse burnt, valid and currently in use
+ Used burnt and valid
+ Free not burnt and free to use
+ Skipped not burnt but not free (skipped)
+ Wasted burnt and invalid
+ Invalid not burnt but marked as valid (error state).
+ ======= ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2
index 6212697..bc510cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@
The file can show/change the phy mode for role swap of usb.
Write the following strings to change the mode:
- "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
- "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
+
+ - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
+ - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
Read the file, then it shows the following strings:
- "host" - The mode is host now.
- "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
+
+ - "host" - The mode is host now.
+ - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3
index 5621c15..8af5b9c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@
The file can show/change the drd mode of usb.
Write the following string to change the mode:
- "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
- "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
+
+ - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
+ - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
Read the file, then it shows the following strings:
- "host" - The mode is host now.
- "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
+
+ - "host" - The mode is host now.
+ - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
index 0d07c03..d5f6e21 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
@@ -5,13 +5,22 @@
Description:
LPE Firmware version for SST driver on all atom
plaforms (BYT/CHT/Merrifield/BSW).
- If the FW has never been loaded it will display:
+ If the FW has never been loaded it will display::
+
"FW not yet loaded"
- If FW has been loaded it will display:
+
+ If FW has been loaded it will display::
+
"v01.aa.bb.cc"
+
aa: Major version is reflecting SoC version:
+
+ === =============
0d: BYT FW
0b: BSW FW
07: Merrifield FW
+ === =============
+
bb: Minor version
+
cc: Build version
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc
index 81fcfb4..53622d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc
@@ -16,10 +16,13 @@
Description:
Current status of the device.
Allowed values:
- 1 - Device is available and can be exported
- 2 - Device is currently exported
- 3 - Fatal error occurred during communication
- with peer
+
+ == ==========================================
+ 1 Device is available and can be exported
+ 2 Device is currently exported
+ 3 Fatal error occurred during communication
+ with peer
+ == ==========================================
What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_sockfd
Date: April 2016
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec
index 5f60b18..4439d06 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@
which affects charging via the special USB PowerShare port
(marked with a small lightning bolt or battery icon) when in
low power states:
+
- In S0, the port will always provide power.
- In S0ix, if usb_charge is enabled, then power will be
supplied to the port when on AC or if battery is > 50%.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
index 5e6ead2..51c0f57 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -47,14 +47,18 @@
suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns
the name of the method by which the system will be put to
sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported:
+
'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk
by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the
firmware will handle the system suspend.
+
'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g.
ACPI or other PM registers).
+
'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be powered off.
+
'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be rebooted.
@@ -74,12 +78,12 @@
The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this
file one of the accepted strings:
- 'firmware'
- 'platform'
- 'shutdown'
- 'reboot'
- 'testproc'
- 'test'
+ - 'firmware'
+ - 'platform'
+ - 'shutdown'
+ - 'reboot'
+ - 'testproc'
+ - 'test'
It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system
supports that.
@@ -114,9 +118,9 @@
string representing a nonzero integer into it.
To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend
- the machine, then reboot it and run
+ the machine, then reboot it and run::
- dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
+ dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false
positives), it is possible that the last PM event point
@@ -244,6 +248,7 @@
wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock.
When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be
assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate.
+
If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at
the moment, it will be deactivated.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
index 8a8e466..e39dd3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
/sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent
of the boot-time profile= option.
- You can get the same effect running:
+ You can get the same effect running::
echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
index a17f817..2363ad8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name
is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this
file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see
- the PTP_PF_ enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h)
+ the `PTP_PF_` enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h)
and the channel number. The function and channel
assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into
the file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent
index aa39f8d..0b62277 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent
@@ -6,42 +6,46 @@
Enable passing additional variables for synthetic uevents that
are generated by writing /sys/.../uevent file.
- Recognized extended format is ACTION [UUID [KEY=VALUE ...].
+ Recognized extended format is::
- The ACTION is compulsory - it is the name of the uevent action
- ("add", "change", "remove"). There is no change compared to
- previous functionality here. The rest of the extended format
- is optional.
+ ACTION [UUID [KEY=VALUE ...]
+
+ The ACTION is compulsory - it is the name of the uevent
+ action (``add``, ``change``, ``remove``). There is no change
+ compared to previous functionality here. The rest of the
+ extended format is optional.
You need to pass UUID first before any KEY=VALUE pairs.
- The UUID must be in "xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx"
+ The UUID must be in ``xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx``
format where 'x' is a hex digit. The UUID is considered to be
a transaction identifier so it's possible to use the same UUID
value for one or more synthetic uevents in which case we
logically group these uevents together for any userspace
listeners. The UUID value appears in uevent as
- "SYNTH_UUID=xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx" environment
+ ``SYNTH_UUID=xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx`` environment
variable.
If UUID is not passed in, the generated synthetic uevent gains
- "SYNTH_UUID=0" environment variable automatically.
+ ``SYNTH_UUID=0`` environment variable automatically.
The KEY=VALUE pairs can contain alphanumeric characters only.
+
It's possible to define zero or more pairs - each pair is then
delimited by a space character ' '. Each pair appears in
- synthetic uevent as "SYNTH_ARG_KEY=VALUE". That means the KEY
- name gains "SYNTH_ARG_" prefix to avoid possible collisions
+ synthetic uevent as ``SYNTH_ARG_KEY=VALUE``. That means the KEY
+ name gains ``SYNTH_ARG_`` prefix to avoid possible collisions
with existing variables.
- Example of valid sequence written to the uevent file:
+ Example of valid sequence written to the uevent file::
add fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed A=1 B=abc
- This generates synthetic uevent including these variables:
+ This generates synthetic uevent including these variables::
ACTION=add
SYNTH_ARG_A=1
SYNTH_ARG_B=abc
SYNTH_UUID=fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed
+
Users:
udev, userspace tools generating synthetic uevents
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
index a99c5f8..2969d36 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
@@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
7. Device is unplugged.
References:
- [WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the
+ [WUSB-AM]
+ Association Models Supplement to the
Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus
Specification, version 1.0.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent
index 419a92d..1db89b0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent
@@ -3,44 +3,52 @@
KernelVersion: 5.6
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
Description: There are two USB charger states:
- USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
- USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
+
+ - USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
+ - USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
+
There are five USB charger types:
- USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE: Charger type is unknown
- USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE: Standard Downstream Port
- USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE: Charging Downstream Port
- USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE: Dedicated Charging Port
- USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE: Accessory Charging Adapter
+
+ ======================== ==========================
+ USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE Charger type is unknown
+ USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE Standard Downstream Port
+ USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE Charging Downstream Port
+ USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE Dedicated Charging Port
+ USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE Accessory Charging Adapter
+ ======================== ==========================
+
https://www.usb.org/document-library/battery-charging-v12-spec-and-adopters-agreement
- Here are two examples taken using udevadm monitor -p when
- USB charger is online:
- UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
- ACTION=change
- DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
- DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
- MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
- OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
- OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
- OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
- OF_NAME=usbphynop1
- SEQNUM=2493
- SUBSYSTEM=platform
- USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
- USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE
- USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826
+ Here are two examples taken using ``udevadm monitor -p`` when
+ USB charger is online::
- USB charger is offline:
- KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
- ACTION=change
- DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
- DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
- MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
- OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
- OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
- OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
- OF_NAME=usbphynop1
- SEQNUM=2494
- SUBSYSTEM=platform
- USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
- USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE
+ UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
+ ACTION=change
+ DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
+ DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
+ MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
+ OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
+ OF_NAME=usbphynop1
+ SEQNUM=2493
+ SUBSYSTEM=platform
+ USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
+ USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE
+ USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826
+
+ USB charger is offline::
+
+ KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
+ ACTION=change
+ DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
+ DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
+ MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
+ OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
+ OF_NAME=usbphynop1
+ SEQNUM=2494
+ SUBSYSTEM=platform
+ USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
+ USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
index d35c3ca..2b8eca4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
@@ -6,22 +6,22 @@
longer functional a uevent will be raised. The uevent will
contain ACTION=offline and ERROR=DEAD.
- Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p:
+ Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p::
- KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb)
- ACTION=offline
- BUSNUM=002
- DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001
- DEVNUM=001
- DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2
- DEVTYPE=usb_device
- DRIVER=usb
- ERROR=DEAD
- MAJOR=189
- MINOR=128
- PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414
- SEQNUM=2168
- SUBSYSTEM=usb
- TYPE=9/0/1
+ KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb)
+ ACTION=offline
+ BUSNUM=002
+ DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001
+ DEVNUM=001
+ DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2
+ DEVTYPE=usb_device
+ DRIVER=usb
+ ERROR=DEAD
+ MAJOR=189
+ MINOR=128
+ PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414
+ SEQNUM=2168
+ SUBSYSTEM=usb
+ TYPE=9/0/1
Users: chromium-os-dev@chromium.org
diff --git a/Documentation/Kconfig b/Documentation/Kconfig
index 66046fa..e549a61 100644
--- a/Documentation/Kconfig
+++ b/Documentation/Kconfig
@@ -10,4 +10,14 @@
If unsure, select 'N'.
+config WARN_ABI_ERRORS
+ bool "Warn if there are errors at ABI files"
+ depends on COMPILE_TEST
+ help
+ The files under Documentation/ABI should follow what's
+ described at Documentation/ABI/README. Yet, as they're manually
+ written, it would be possible that some of those files would
+ have errors that would break them for being parsed by
+ scripts/get_abi.pl. Add a check to verify them.
+ If unsure, select 'N'.
diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile
index 6b12dd8..61a7310 100644
--- a/Documentation/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/Makefile
@@ -10,6 +10,11 @@
$(shell $(srctree)/scripts/documentation-file-ref-check --warn)
endif
+# Check for broken ABI files
+ifeq ($(CONFIG_WARN_ABI_ERRORS),y)
+$(shell $(srctree)/scripts/get_abi.pl validate --dir $(srctree)/Documentation/ABI)
+endif
+
# You can set these variables from the command line.
SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build
SPHINXOPTS =
@@ -21,6 +26,10 @@
PDFLATEX = xelatex
LATEXOPTS = -interaction=batchmode
+ifeq ($(KBUILD_VERBOSE),0)
+SPHINXOPTS += "-q"
+endif
+
# User-friendly check for sphinx-build
HAVE_SPHINX := $(shell if which $(SPHINXBUILD) >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo 1; else echo 0; fi)
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SafeSetID.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SafeSetID.rst
index 17996c9..0ec3486 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SafeSetID.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SafeSetID.rst
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
privileges, such as allowing a user to set up user namespace UID/GID mappings.
Note on GID policies and setgroups()
-==================
+====================================
In v5.9 we are adding support for limiting CAP_SETGID privileges as was done
previously for CAP_SETUID. However, for compatibility with common sandboxing
related code conventions in userspace, we currently allow arbitrary
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-obsolete.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-obsolete.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d095867
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-obsolete.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+ABI obsolete symbols
+====================
+
+Documents interfaces that are still remaining in the kernel, but are
+marked to be removed at some later point in time.
+
+The description of the interface will document the reason why it is
+obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
+
+.. kernel-abi:: $srctree/Documentation/ABI/obsolete
+ :rst:
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-removed.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-removed.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7e9e43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-removed.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+ABI removed symbols
+===================
+
+.. kernel-abi:: $srctree/Documentation/ABI/removed
+ :rst:
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-stable.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-stable.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7049073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-stable.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+ABI stable symbols
+==================
+
+Documents the interfaces that the developer has defined to be stable.
+
+Userspace programs are free to use these interfaces with no
+restrictions, and backward compatibility for them will be guaranteed
+for at least 2 years.
+
+Most interfaces (like syscalls) are expected to never change and always
+be available.
+
+.. kernel-abi:: $srctree/Documentation/ABI/stable
+ :rst:
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-testing.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-testing.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b205b16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi-testing.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+ABI testing symbols
+===================
+
+Documents interfaces that are felt to be stable,
+as the main development of this interface has been completed.
+
+The interface can be changed to add new features, but the
+current interface will not break by doing this, unless grave
+errors or security problems are found in them.
+
+Userspace programs can start to rely on these interfaces, but they must
+be aware of changes that can occur before these interfaces move to
+be marked stable.
+
+Programs that use these interfaces are strongly encouraged to add their
+name to the description of these interfaces, so that the kernel
+developers can easily notify them if any changes occur.
+
+.. kernel-abi:: $srctree/Documentation/ABI/testing
+ :rst:
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/abi.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcab3ef25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/abi.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+=====================
+Linux ABI description
+=====================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ abi-stable
+ abi-testing
+ abi-obsolete
+ abi-removed
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst
index a22024f..9b90efc 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst
@@ -137,15 +137,24 @@
==============================
Since the boot configuration file is loaded with initrd, it will be added
-to the end of the initrd (initramfs) image file with size, checksum and
-12-byte magic word as below.
+to the end of the initrd (initramfs) image file with padding, size,
+checksum and 12-byte magic word as below.
-[initrd][bootconfig][size(u32)][checksum(u32)][#BOOTCONFIG\n]
+[initrd][bootconfig][padding][size(le32)][checksum(le32)][#BOOTCONFIG\n]
+
+The size and checksum fields are unsigned 32bit little endian value.
+
+When the boot configuration is added to the initrd image, the total
+file size is aligned to 4 bytes. To fill the gap, null characters
+(``\0``) will be added. Thus the ``size`` is the length of the bootconfig
+file + padding bytes.
The Linux kernel decodes the last part of the initrd image in memory to
get the boot configuration data.
Because of this "piggyback" method, there is no need to change or
-update the boot loader and the kernel image itself.
+update the boot loader and the kernel image itself as long as the boot
+loader passes the correct initrd file size. If by any chance, the boot
+loader passes a longer size, the kernel feils to find the bootconfig data.
To do this operation, Linux kernel provides "bootconfig" command under
tools/bootconfig, which allows admin to apply or delete the config file
@@ -176,7 +185,8 @@
contain 256 key-value pairs. In most cases, the number of config items
will be under 100 entries and smaller than 8KB, so it would be enough.
If the node number exceeds 1024, parser returns an error even if the file
-size is smaller than 32KB.
+size is smaller than 32KB. (Note that this maximum size is not including
+the padding null characters.)
Anyway, since bootconfig command verifies it when appending a boot config
to initrd image, user can notice it before boot.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
index ed1cf94..4e0c4ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
@@ -18,6 +18,8 @@
devices
sysctl/index
+ abi
+
This section describes CPU vulnerabilities and their mitigations.
.. toctree::
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index 526d65d..44fde25 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -2858,6 +2858,8 @@
mds=off [X86]
tsx_async_abort=off [X86]
kvm.nx_huge_pages=off [X86]
+ no_entry_flush [PPC]
+ no_uaccess_flush [PPC]
Exceptions:
This does not have any effect on
@@ -3186,6 +3188,8 @@
noefi Disable EFI runtime services support.
+ no_entry_flush [PPC] Don't flush the L1-D cache when entering the kernel.
+
noexec [IA-64]
noexec [X86]
@@ -3235,6 +3239,9 @@
nospec_store_bypass_disable
[HW] Disable all mitigations for the Speculative Store Bypass vulnerability
+ no_uaccess_flush
+ [PPC] Don't flush the L1-D cache after accessing user data.
+
noxsave [BUGS=X86] Disables x86 extended register state save
and restore using xsave. The kernel will fallback to
enabling legacy floating-point and sse state.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst
index 37940a0..10fde58 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@
statistics of the given idle state. That information is exposed by the kernel
via ``sysfs``.
-For each CPU in the system, there is a :file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu<N>/cpuidle/`
+For each CPU in the system, there is a :file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu<N>/cpuidle/`
directory in ``sysfs``, where the number ``<N>`` is assigned to the given
CPU at the initialization time. That directory contains a set of subdirectories
called :file:`state0`, :file:`state1` and so on, up to the number of idle state
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
residency.
``below``
- Total number of times this idle state had been asked for, but cerainly
+ Total number of times this idle state had been asked for, but certainly
a deeper idle state would have been a better match for the observed idle
duration.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst
index 57fd6ce..f2ab8a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst
@@ -300,6 +300,7 @@
0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RSS hash key:
84:50:f4:00:a8:15:d1:a7:e9:7f:1d:60:35:c7:47:25:42:97:74:ca:56:bb:b6:a1:d8:43:e3:c9:0c:fd:17:55:c2:3a:4d:69:ed:f1:42:89
+
netdev_tstamp_prequeue
----------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst b/Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst
index 62b533d..0c536ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst
@@ -148,3 +148,13 @@
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/Allwinner%20A64%20User%20Manual%20v1.0.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner H6
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ https://linux-sunxi.org/images/5/5c/Allwinner_H6_V200_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ https://linux-sunxi.org/images/4/46/Allwinner_H6_V200_User_Manual_V1.1.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory-tagging-extension.rst b/Documentation/arm64/memory-tagging-extension.rst
index 034d37c..b540178 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/memory-tagging-extension.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory-tagging-extension.rst
@@ -102,7 +102,9 @@
system call) are not checked if the user thread tag checking mode is
``PR_MTE_TCF_NONE`` or ``PR_MTE_TCF_ASYNC``. If the tag checking mode is
``PR_MTE_TCF_SYNC``, the kernel makes a best effort to check its user
-address accesses, however it cannot always guarantee it.
+address accesses, however it cannot always guarantee it. Kernel accesses
+to user addresses are always performed with an effective ``PSTATE.TCO``
+value of zero, regardless of the user configuration.
Excluding Tags in the ``IRG``, ``ADDG`` and ``SUBG`` instructions
-----------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst
index d358780..7195102 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst
@@ -90,6 +90,8 @@
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1463225 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1463225 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+| ARM | Cortex-A77 | #1508412 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1508412 |
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1188873,1418040| ARM64_ERRATUM_1418040 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1349291 | N/A |
diff --git a/Documentation/conf.py b/Documentation/conf.py
index 376dd0d..ed2b43e 100644
--- a/Documentation/conf.py
+++ b/Documentation/conf.py
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@
# ones.
extensions = ['kerneldoc', 'rstFlatTable', 'kernel_include',
'kfigure', 'sphinx.ext.ifconfig', 'automarkup',
- 'maintainers_include', 'sphinx.ext.autosectionlabel' ]
+ 'maintainers_include', 'sphinx.ext.autosectionlabel',
+ 'kernel_abi']
#
# cdomain is badly broken in Sphinx 3+. Leaving it out generates *most*
@@ -50,7 +51,7 @@
support for Sphinx v3.0 and above is brand new. Be prepared for
possible issues in the generated output.
''')
- if minor > 0 or patch >= 2:
+ if (major > 3) or (minor > 0 or patch >= 2):
# Sphinx c function parser is more pedantic with regards to type
# checking. Due to that, having macros at c:function cause problems.
# Those needed to be scaped by using c_id_attributes[] array
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
index c09c9ca..2b68add 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
@@ -295,11 +295,13 @@
pass::
ok 28 - kmalloc_double_kzfree
+
or, if kmalloc failed::
# kmalloc_large_oob_right: ASSERTION FAILED at lib/test_kasan.c:163
Expected ptr is not null, but is
not ok 4 - kmalloc_large_oob_right
+
or, if a KASAN report was expected, but not found::
# kmalloc_double_kzfree: EXPECTATION FAILED at lib/test_kasan.c:629
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/faq.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/faq.rst
index 1628862..8d5029a 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/faq.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/faq.rst
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
re-run kunit_tool.
5. Try to run ``make ARCH=um defconfig`` before running ``kunit.py run``. This
may help clean up any residual config items which could be causing problems.
-6. Finally, try running KUnit outside UML. KUnit and KUnit tests can run be
+6. Finally, try running KUnit outside UML. KUnit and KUnit tests can be
built into any kernel, or can be built as a module and loaded at runtime.
Doing so should allow you to determine if UML is causing the issue you're
seeing. When tests are built-in, they will execute when the kernel boots, and
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst
index d23385e..454f307 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
config MISC_EXAMPLE_TEST
bool "Test for my example"
- depends on MISC_EXAMPLE && KUNIT
+ depends on MISC_EXAMPLE && KUNIT=y
and the following to ``drivers/misc/Makefile``:
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/style.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/style.rst
index da1d6f0..8dbcdc5 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/style.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/style.rst
@@ -175,17 +175,17 @@
.. code-block:: none
- config FOO_KUNIT_TEST
- tristate "KUnit test for foo" if !KUNIT_ALL_TESTS
- depends on KUNIT
- default KUNIT_ALL_TESTS
- help
- This builds unit tests for foo.
+ config FOO_KUNIT_TEST
+ tristate "KUnit test for foo" if !KUNIT_ALL_TESTS
+ depends on KUNIT
+ default KUNIT_ALL_TESTS
+ help
+ This builds unit tests for foo.
- For more information on KUnit and unit tests in general, please refer
- to the KUnit documentation in Documentation/dev-tools/kunit
+ For more information on KUnit and unit tests in general, please refer
+ to the KUnit documentation in Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/.
- If unsure, say N
+ If unsure, say N.
Test File and Module Names
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst
index 961d3ea..9c28c51 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
the second parameter, in this case, is what the value is expected to be; the
last value is what the value actually is. If ``add`` passes all of these
expectations, the test case, ``add_test_basic`` will pass; if any one of these
-expectations fail, the test case will fail.
+expectations fails, the test case will fail.
It is important to understand that a test case *fails* when any expectation is
violated; however, the test will continue running, potentially trying other
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
kunit_test_suite(example_test_suite);
In the above example the test suite, ``example_test_suite``, would run the test
-cases ``example_test_foo``, ``example_test_bar``, and ``example_test_baz``,
+cases ``example_test_foo``, ``example_test_bar``, and ``example_test_baz``;
each would have ``example_test_init`` called immediately before it and would
have ``example_test_exit`` called immediately after it.
``kunit_test_suite(example_test_suite)`` registers the test suite with the
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
such that the definition of that function can be changed without affecting the
rest of the code base. In the kernel this primarily comes from two constructs,
classes, structs that contain function pointers that are provided by the
-implementer, and architecture specific functions which have definitions selected
+implementer, and architecture-specific functions which have definitions selected
at compile time.
Classes
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@
By default KUnit uses UML as a way to provide dependencies for code under test.
Under most circumstances KUnit's usage of UML should be treated as an
implementation detail of how KUnit works under the hood. Nevertheless, there
-are instances where being able to run architecture specific code or test
+are instances where being able to run architecture-specific code or test
against real hardware is desirable. For these reasons KUnit supports running on
other architectures.
@@ -561,6 +561,11 @@
...will run the tests.
+.. note::
+ Note that you should make sure your test depends on ``KUNIT=y`` in Kconfig
+ if the test does not support module build. Otherwise, it will trigger
+ compile errors if ``CONFIG_KUNIT`` is ``m``.
+
Writing new tests for other architectures
-----------------------------------------
@@ -594,7 +599,7 @@
hardware state in between test cases; if this is not possible, you may only be
able to run one test case per invocation.
-.. TODO(brendanhiggins@google.com): Add an actual example of an architecture
+.. TODO(brendanhiggins@google.com): Add an actual example of an architecture-
dependent KUnit test.
KUnit debugfs representation
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/actions.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/actions.yaml
index fe22c66..02dc72c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/actions.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/actions.yaml
@@ -49,3 +49,5 @@
- enum:
- ucrobotics,bubblegum-96 # uCRobotics Bubblegum-96
- const: actions,s900
+
+additionalProperties: true
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.yaml
index 0bc5020..c15c92fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.yaml
@@ -19,4 +19,7 @@
- altr,socfpga-arria5
- altr,socfpga-arria10
- const: altr,socfpga
+
+additionalProperties: true
+
...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amazon,al.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amazon,al.yaml
index a3a4d71..0f03135 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amazon,al.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amazon,al.yaml
@@ -30,4 +30,6 @@
- amazon,al-alpine-v3-evp
- const: amazon,al-alpine-v3
+additionalProperties: true
+
...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml
index 0ee7c5b..3341788 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml
@@ -173,4 +173,7 @@
- enum:
- amlogic,ad401
- const: amlogic,a1
+
+additionalProperties: true
+
...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,integrator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,integrator.yaml
index f0daf99..528eee6 100644
--- a/Docum
